]> git.saurik.com Git - apt.git/blob - doc/po/apt-doc.pot
Merge remote-tracking branch 'mvo/feature/drop-rights' into debian/experimental
[apt.git] / doc / po / apt-doc.pot
1 # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE
2 # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the apt-doc package.
4 # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
5 #
6 #, fuzzy
7 msgid ""
8 msgstr ""
9 "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.0.4~20140610\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2014-06-10 15:59+0200\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
13 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
14 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
15 "Language: \n"
16 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19
20 #. type: Plain text
21 #: apt.ent:7
22 #, no-wrap
23 msgid ""
24 "<!ENTITY apt-author.team \"\n"
25 " <author>\n"
26 " <othername>APT team</othername>\n"
27 " <contrib></contrib>\n"
28 " </author>\n"
29 "\">\n"
30 msgstr ""
31
32 #. type: Plain text
33 #: apt.ent:13
34 #, no-wrap
35 msgid ""
36 "<!ENTITY apt-qapage \"\n"
37 "\t<para>\n"
38 "\t\t<ulink url='http://packages.qa.debian.org/a/apt.html'>QA Page</ulink>\n"
39 "\t</para>\n"
40 "\">\n"
41 msgstr ""
42
43 #. type: Plain text
44 #: apt.ent:24
45 #, no-wrap
46 msgid ""
47 "<!-- Boiler plate Bug reporting section -->\n"
48 "<!ENTITY manbugs \"\n"
49 " <refsect1><title>Bugs</title>\n"
50 " <para><ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/src:apt'>APT bug page</ulink>.\n"
51 " If you wish to report a bug in APT, please see\n"
52 " <filename>/usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting.txt</filename> or the\n"
53 " &reportbug; command.\n"
54 " </para>\n"
55 " </refsect1>\n"
56 "\">\n"
57 msgstr ""
58
59 #. type: Plain text
60 #: apt.ent:32
61 #, no-wrap
62 msgid ""
63 "<!-- Boiler plate Author section -->\n"
64 "<!ENTITY manauthor \"\n"
65 " <refsect1><title>Author</title>\n"
66 " <para>APT was written by the APT team "
67 "<email>apt@packages.debian.org</email>.\n"
68 " </para>\n"
69 " </refsect1>\n"
70 "\">\n"
71 msgstr ""
72
73 #. type: Plain text
74 #: apt.ent:42
75 #, no-wrap
76 msgid ""
77 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
78 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
79 "<!ENTITY apt-commonoptions \"\n"
80 " <varlistentry><term><option>-h</option></term>\n"
81 " <term><option>--help</option></term>\n"
82 " <listitem><para>Show a short usage summary.\n"
83 " </para>\n"
84 " </listitem>\n"
85 " </varlistentry>\n"
86 msgstr ""
87
88 #. type: Plain text
89 #: apt.ent:50
90 #, no-wrap
91 msgid ""
92 " <varlistentry>\n"
93 " <term><option>-v</option></term>\n"
94 " <term><option>--version</option></term>\n"
95 " <listitem><para>Show the program version.\n"
96 " </para>\n"
97 " </listitem>\n"
98 " </varlistentry>\n"
99 msgstr ""
100
101 #. type: Plain text
102 #: apt.ent:62
103 #, no-wrap
104 msgid ""
105 " <varlistentry>\n"
106 " <term><option>-c</option></term>\n"
107 " <term><option>--config-file</option></term>\n"
108 " <listitem><para>Configuration File; Specify a configuration file to "
109 "use. \n"
110 " The program will read the default configuration file and then this \n"
111 " configuration file. If configuration settings need to be set before "
112 "the\n"
113 " default configuration files are parsed specify a file with the "
114 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>\n"
115 " environment variable. See &apt-conf; for syntax information.\n"
116 " </para>\n"
117 " </listitem>\n"
118 " </varlistentry>\n"
119 msgstr ""
120
121 #. type: Plain text
122 #: apt.ent:74
123 #, no-wrap
124 msgid ""
125 " <varlistentry>\n"
126 " <term><option>-o</option></term>\n"
127 " <term><option>--option</option></term>\n"
128 " <listitem><para>Set a Configuration Option; This will set an "
129 "arbitrary\n"
130 " configuration option. The syntax is <option>-o "
131 "Foo::Bar=bar</option>.\n"
132 " <option>-o</option> and <option>--option</option> can be used "
133 "multiple\n"
134 " times to set different options.\n"
135 " </para>\n"
136 " </listitem>\n"
137 " </varlistentry>\n"
138 "\">\n"
139 msgstr ""
140
141 #. type: Plain text
142 #: apt.ent:85
143 #, no-wrap
144 msgid ""
145 "<!-- Should be used within the option section of the text to\n"
146 " put in the blurb about -h, -v, -c and -o -->\n"
147 "<!ENTITY apt-cmdblurb \"\n"
148 " <para>All command line options may be set using the configuration file, "
149 "the\n"
150 " descriptions indicate the configuration option to set. For boolean\n"
151 " options you can override the config file by using something like \n"
152 " <option>-f-</option>,<option>--no-f</option>, <option>-f=no</option>\n"
153 " or several other variations.\n"
154 " </para>\n"
155 "\">\n"
156 msgstr ""
157
158 #. type: Plain text
159 #: apt.ent:91
160 #, no-wrap
161 msgid ""
162 "<!ENTITY file-aptconf \"\n"
163 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename></term>\n"
164 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file.\n"
165 " Configuration Item: "
166 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Main</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
167 " </varlistentry>\n"
168 msgstr ""
169
170 #. type: Plain text
171 #: apt.ent:97
172 #, no-wrap
173 msgid ""
174 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf.d/</filename></term>\n"
175 " <listitem><para>APT configuration file fragments.\n"
176 " Configuration Item: "
177 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
178 " </varlistentry>\n"
179 "\">\n"
180 msgstr ""
181
182 #. type: Plain text
183 #: apt.ent:103
184 #, no-wrap
185 msgid ""
186 "<!ENTITY file-cachearchives \"\n"
187 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename></term>\n"
188 " <listitem><para>Storage area for retrieved package files.\n"
189 " Configuration Item: "
190 "<literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
191 " </varlistentry>\n"
192 msgstr ""
193
194 #. type: Plain text
195 #: apt.ent:109
196 #, no-wrap
197 msgid ""
198 " "
199 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename></term>\n"
200 " <listitem><para>Storage area for package files in transit.\n"
201 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::Archives</literal> "
202 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
203 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
204 " </varlistentry>\n"
205 "\">\n"
206 msgstr ""
207
208 #. type: Plain text
209 #: apt.ent:119
210 #, no-wrap
211 msgid ""
212 "<!ENTITY file-preferences \"\n"
213 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename></term>\n"
214 " <listitem><para>Version preferences file.\n"
215 " This is where you would specify &quot;pinning&quot;,\n"
216 " i.e. a preference to get certain packages\n"
217 " from a separate source\n"
218 " or from a different version of a distribution.\n"
219 " Configuration Item: "
220 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Preferences</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
221 " </varlistentry>\n"
222 msgstr ""
223
224 #. type: Plain text
225 #: apt.ent:125
226 #, no-wrap
227 msgid ""
228 " "
229 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename></term>\n"
230 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the version preferences.\n"
231 " Configuration Item: "
232 "<literal>Dir::Etc::PreferencesParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
233 " </varlistentry>\n"
234 "\">\n"
235 msgstr ""
236
237 #. type: Plain text
238 #: apt.ent:131
239 #, no-wrap
240 msgid ""
241 "<!ENTITY file-sourceslist \"\n"
242 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename></term>\n"
243 " <listitem><para>Locations to fetch packages from.\n"
244 " Configuration Item: "
245 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceList</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
246 " </varlistentry>\n"
247 msgstr ""
248
249 #. type: Plain text
250 #: apt.ent:137
251 #, no-wrap
252 msgid ""
253 " "
254 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d/</filename></term>\n"
255 " <listitem><para>File fragments for locations to fetch packages from.\n"
256 " Configuration Item: "
257 "<literal>Dir::Etc::SourceParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
258 " </varlistentry>\n"
259 "\">\n"
260 msgstr ""
261
262 #. type: Plain text
263 #: apt.ent:144
264 #, no-wrap
265 msgid ""
266 "<!ENTITY file-statelists \"\n"
267 " <varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/</filename></term>\n"
268 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information for each package "
269 "resource specified in\n"
270 " &sources-list;\n"
271 " Configuration Item: "
272 "<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
273 " </varlistentry>\n"
274 msgstr ""
275
276 #. type: Plain text
277 #: apt.ent:150
278 #, no-wrap
279 msgid ""
280 " "
281 "<varlistentry><term><filename>&statedir;/lists/partial/</filename></term>\n"
282 " <listitem><para>Storage area for state information in transit.\n"
283 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> "
284 "(<filename>partial</filename> will be implicitly "
285 "appended)</para></listitem>\n"
286 " </varlistentry>\n"
287 "\">\n"
288 msgstr ""
289
290 #. type: Plain text
291 #: apt.ent:156
292 #, no-wrap
293 msgid ""
294 "<!ENTITY file-trustedgpg \"\n"
295 " <varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg</filename></term>\n"
296 " <listitem><para>Keyring of local trusted keys, new keys will be added "
297 "here.\n"
298 " Configuration Item: "
299 "<literal>Dir::Etc::Trusted</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
300 " </varlistentry>\n"
301 msgstr ""
302
303 #. type: Plain text
304 #: apt.ent:163
305 #, no-wrap
306 msgid ""
307 " "
308 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/etc/apt/trusted.gpg.d/</filename></term>\n"
309 " <listitem><para>File fragments for the trusted keys, additional "
310 "keyrings can\n"
311 " be stored here (by other packages or the administrator).\n"
312 " Configuration Item "
313 "<literal>Dir::Etc::TrustedParts</literal>.</para></listitem>\n"
314 " </varlistentry>\n"
315 "\">\n"
316 msgstr ""
317
318 #. type: Plain text
319 #: apt.ent:171
320 #, no-wrap
321 msgid ""
322 "<!ENTITY file-extended_states \"\n"
323 " "
324 "<varlistentry><term><filename>/var/lib/apt/extended_states</filename></term>\n"
325 " <listitem><para>Status list of auto-installed packages.\n"
326 " Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State::extended_states</literal>.\n"
327 " </para></listitem>\n"
328 " </varlistentry>\n"
329 "\">\n"
330 msgstr ""
331
332 #. type: Plain text
333 #: apt.ent:175
334 #, no-wrap
335 msgid ""
336 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is the section header for the following paragraphs - "
337 "comparable\n"
338 " to the other headers like NAME and DESCRIPTION and should therefore be "
339 "uppercase. -->\n"
340 "<!ENTITY translation-title \"TRANSLATION\">\n"
341 msgstr ""
342
343 #. type: Plain text
344 #: apt.ent:184
345 #, no-wrap
346 msgid ""
347 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: This is a placeholder. You should write here who has "
348 "contributed\n"
349 " to the translation in the past, who is responsible now and maybe "
350 "further information\n"
351 " specially related to your translation. -->\n"
352 "<!ENTITY translation-holder \"\n"
353 " The english translation was done by John Doe "
354 "<email>john@doe.org</email> in 2009,\n"
355 " 2010 and Daniela Acme <email>daniela@acme.us</email> in 2010 together "
356 "with the\n"
357 " Debian Dummy l10n Team "
358 "<email>debian-l10n-dummy@lists.debian.org</email>.\n"
359 "\">\n"
360 msgstr ""
361
362 #. type: Plain text
363 #: apt.ent:195
364 #, no-wrap
365 msgid ""
366 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: As a translation is allowed to have 20% of "
367 "untranslated/fuzzy strings\n"
368 " in a shipped manpage newer/modified paragraphs will maybe appear in "
369 "english in\n"
370 " the generated manpage. This sentence is therefore here to tell the "
371 "reader that this\n"
372 " is not a mistake by the translator - obviously the target is that at "
373 "least for stable\n"
374 " releases this sentence is not needed. :) -->\n"
375 "<!ENTITY translation-english \"\n"
376 " Note that this translated document may contain untranslated parts.\n"
377 " This is done on purpose, to avoid losing content when the\n"
378 " translation is lagging behind the original content.\n"
379 "\">\n"
380 msgstr ""
381
382 #. type: Plain text
383 #: apt.ent:198
384 msgid ""
385 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string "
386 "e.g. -o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string "
387 "\"config_string\">"
388 msgstr ""
389
390 #. type: Plain text
391 #: apt.ent:201
392 msgid ""
393 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -c=config_file e.g. -c=./apt.conf --> <!ENTITY "
394 "synopsis-config-file \"config_file\">"
395 msgstr ""
396
397 #. type: Plain text
398 #: apt.ent:204
399 msgid ""
400 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release "
401 "e.g. -t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release "
402 "\"target_release\">"
403 msgstr ""
404
405 #. type: Plain text
406 #: apt.ent:207
407 msgid ""
408 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -a=architecture e.g. -a=armel --> <!ENTITY "
409 "synopsis-architecture \"architecture\">"
410 msgstr ""
411
412 #. type: Plain text
413 #: apt.ent:210
414 msgid ""
415 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-get install pkg e.g. apt-get install awesome "
416 "--> <!ENTITY synopsis-pkg \"pkg\">"
417 msgstr ""
418
419 #. type: Plain text
420 #: apt.ent:213
421 msgid ""
422 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in pkg=pkg_version_number e.g. apt=0.8.15 --> "
423 "<!ENTITY synopsis-pkg-ver-number \"pkg_version_number\">"
424 msgstr ""
425
426 #. type: Plain text
427 #: apt.ent:216
428 msgid ""
429 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache pkgnames prefix e.g. apt-cache "
430 "pkgnames apt --> <!ENTITY synopsis-prefix \"prefix\">"
431 msgstr ""
432
433 #. type: Plain text
434 #: apt.ent:219
435 msgid ""
436 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cache search regex e.g. apt-cache search "
437 "awesome --> <!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regex\">"
438 msgstr ""
439
440 #. type: Plain text
441 #: apt.ent:222
442 msgid ""
443 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom "
444 "-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">"
445 msgstr ""
446
447 #. type: Plain text
448 #: apt.ent:225
449 msgid ""
450 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates -t=temporary_directory "
451 "e.g. apt-extracttemplates -t=/tmp --> <!ENTITY synopsis-tmp-directory "
452 "\"temporary_directory\">"
453 msgstr ""
454
455 #. type: Plain text
456 #: apt.ent:228
457 msgid ""
458 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-extracttemplates filename --> <!ENTITY "
459 "synopsis-filename \"filename\">"
460 msgstr ""
461
462 #. type: Plain text
463 #: apt.ent:231
464 msgid ""
465 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
466 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-path \"path\">"
467 msgstr ""
468
469 #. type: Plain text
470 #: apt.ent:234
471 msgid ""
472 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
473 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-override "
474 "\"override-file\">"
475 msgstr ""
476
477 #. type: Plain text
478 #: apt.ent:237
479 msgid ""
480 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
481 "packages path override-file pathprefix --> <!ENTITY synopsis-pathprefix "
482 "\"pathprefix\">"
483 msgstr ""
484
485 #. type: Plain text
486 #: apt.ent:240
487 msgid ""
488 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as parameter for apt-ftparchive e.g. apt-ftparchive "
489 "generate section --> <!ENTITY synopsis-section \"section\">"
490 msgstr ""
491
492 #. type: Plain text
493 #: apt.ent:243
494 msgid ""
495 "<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-key export keyid e.g. apt-key export "
496 "473041FA --> <!ENTITY synopsis-keyid \"keyid\">"
497 msgstr ""
498
499 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
500 #: apt.8.xml:25 apt-get.8.xml:28 apt-cache.8.xml:28 apt-key.8.xml:27 apt-mark.8.xml:28 apt-secure.8.xml:27 apt-cdrom.8.xml:27 apt-config.8.xml:28
501 msgid "8"
502 msgstr ""
503
504 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><refmiscinfo>
505 #: apt.8.xml:26 apt-get.8.xml:29 apt-cache.8.xml:29 apt-key.8.xml:28 apt-mark.8.xml:29 apt-secure.8.xml:28 apt-cdrom.8.xml:28 apt-config.8.xml:29 apt.conf.5.xml:34 apt_preferences.5.xml:28 sources.list.5.xml:29 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:29 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:29 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:29
506 msgid "APT"
507 msgstr ""
508
509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
510 #: apt.8.xml:32
511 msgid "command-line interface"
512 msgstr ""
513
514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
515 #: apt.8.xml:37 apt-get.8.xml:40 apt-cache.8.xml:40 apt-key.8.xml:39 apt-mark.8.xml:40 apt-secure.8.xml:52 apt-cdrom.8.xml:39 apt-config.8.xml:40 apt.conf.5.xml:43 apt_preferences.5.xml:38 sources.list.5.xml:38 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:40 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:40 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:40
516 msgid "Description"
517 msgstr ""
518
519 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
520 #: apt.8.xml:38
521 msgid ""
522 "<command>apt</command> (Advanced Package Tool) is the command-line tool for "
523 "handling packages. It provides a commandline interface for the package "
524 "management of the system. See also &apt-get; and &apt-cache; for more "
525 "low-level command options."
526 msgstr ""
527
528 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
529 #: apt.8.xml:47
530 msgid ""
531 "<literal>list</literal> is used to display a list of packages. It supports "
532 "shell pattern for matching package names and the following options: "
533 "<option>--installed</option>, <option>--upgradable</option>, "
534 "<option>--all-versions</option> are supported."
535 msgstr ""
536
537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
538 #: apt.8.xml:58
539 msgid ""
540 "<literal>search</literal> searches for the given term(s) and display "
541 "matching packages."
542 msgstr ""
543
544 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
545 #: apt.8.xml:64
546 msgid ""
547 "<literal>show</literal> shows the package information for the given "
548 "package(s)."
549 msgstr ""
550
551 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
552 #: apt.8.xml:71
553 msgid ""
554 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more package names desired "
555 "for installation or upgrading."
556 msgstr ""
557
558 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
559 #: apt.8.xml:75 apt-get.8.xml:118
560 msgid ""
561 "A specific version of a package can be selected for installation by "
562 "following the package name with an equals and the version of the package to "
563 "select. This will cause that version to be located and selected for "
564 "install. Alternatively a specific distribution can be selected by following "
565 "the package name with a slash and the version of the distribution or the "
566 "Archive name (stable, testing, unstable)."
567 msgstr ""
568
569 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
570 #: apt.8.xml:85 apt-get.8.xml:153
571 msgid ""
572 "<literal>remove</literal> is identical to <literal>install</literal> except "
573 "that packages are removed instead of installed. Note that removing a package "
574 "leaves its configuration files on the system. If a plus sign is appended to "
575 "the package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
576 "installed instead of removed."
577 msgstr ""
578
579 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
580 #: apt.8.xml:93
581 msgid ""
582 "<literal>edit-sources</literal> lets you edit your sources.list file and "
583 "provides basic sanity checks."
584 msgstr ""
585
586 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
587 #: apt.8.xml:99
588 msgid ""
589 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
590 "from their sources."
591 msgstr ""
592
593 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
594 #: apt.8.xml:105
595 msgid ""
596 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
597 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
598 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. New package will be installed, "
599 "but existing package will never removed."
600 msgstr ""
601
602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
603 #: apt.8.xml:114
604 msgid ""
605 "<literal>full-upgrade</literal> performs the function of upgrade but may "
606 "also remove installed packages if that is required in order to resolve a "
607 "package conflict."
608 msgstr ""
609
610 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
611 #: apt.8.xml:124 apt-get.8.xml:257 apt-cache.8.xml:250 apt-mark.8.xml:110 apt-config.8.xml:86 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:54 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:50 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:506
612 msgid "options"
613 msgstr ""
614
615 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
616 #: apt.8.xml:134
617 msgid "Script usage"
618 msgstr ""
619
620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
621 #: apt.8.xml:136
622 msgid ""
623 "The &apt; commandline is designed as a end-user tool and it may change the "
624 "output between versions. While it tries to not break backward compatibility "
625 "there is no guarantee for it either. All features of &apt; are available in "
626 "&apt-cache; and &apt-get; via APT options. Please prefer using these "
627 "commands in your scripts."
628 msgstr ""
629
630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
631 #: apt.8.xml:144
632 msgid "Differences to &apt-get;"
633 msgstr ""
634
635 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
636 #: apt.8.xml:145
637 msgid ""
638 "The <command>apt</command> command is meant to be pleasant for end users and "
639 "does not need to be backward compatible like &apt-get;. Therefore some "
640 "options are different:"
641 msgstr ""
642
643 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
644 #: apt.8.xml:151
645 msgid "The option <literal>DPkg::Progress-Fancy</literal> is enabled."
646 msgstr ""
647
648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
649 #: apt.8.xml:155
650 msgid "The option <literal>APT::Color</literal> is enabled."
651 msgstr ""
652
653 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
654 #: apt.8.xml:159
655 msgid ""
656 "A new <literal>list</literal> command is available similar to <literal>dpkg "
657 "--list</literal>."
658 msgstr ""
659
660 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
661 #: apt.8.xml:164
662 msgid ""
663 "The option <literal>upgrade</literal> has <literal>--with-new-pkgs</literal> "
664 "enabled by default."
665 msgstr ""
666
667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
668 #: apt.8.xml:174 apt-get.8.xml:558 apt-cache.8.xml:352 apt-key.8.xml:197 apt-mark.8.xml:133 apt-secure.8.xml:193 apt-cdrom.8.xml:154 apt-config.8.xml:111 apt.conf.5.xml:1227 apt_preferences.5.xml:707 sources.list.5.xml:280 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:72 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:65 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:609
669 msgid "See Also"
670 msgstr ""
671
672 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
673 #: apt.8.xml:175
674 msgid ""
675 "&apt-get;, &apt-cache;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, The APT "
676 "User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the APT Howto."
677 msgstr ""
678
679 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
680 #: apt.8.xml:180 apt-get.8.xml:564 apt-cache.8.xml:357 apt-mark.8.xml:137 apt-cdrom.8.xml:159 apt-config.8.xml:116 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:76 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:69 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:613
681 msgid "Diagnostics"
682 msgstr ""
683
684 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
685 #: apt.8.xml:181
686 msgid ""
687 "<command>apt</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
688 "error."
689 msgstr ""
690
691 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
692 #: apt-get.8.xml:35
693 msgid "APT package handling utility -- command-line interface"
694 msgstr ""
695
696 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
697 #: apt-get.8.xml:41
698 msgid ""
699 "<command>apt-get</command> is the command-line tool for handling packages, "
700 "and may be considered the user's \"back-end\" to other tools using the APT "
701 "library. Several \"front-end\" interfaces exist, such as &aptitude;, "
702 "&synaptic; and &wajig;."
703 msgstr ""
704
705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
706 #: apt-get.8.xml:46 apt-cache.8.xml:46 apt-cdrom.8.xml:53 apt-config.8.xml:46 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:56
707 msgid ""
708 "Unless the <option>-h</option>, or <option>--help</option> option is given, "
709 "one of the commands below must be present."
710 msgstr ""
711
712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
713 #: apt-get.8.xml:51
714 msgid ""
715 "<literal>update</literal> is used to resynchronize the package index files "
716 "from their sources. The indexes of available packages are fetched from the "
717 "location(s) specified in <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. For "
718 "example, when using a Debian archive, this command retrieves and scans the "
719 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename> files, so that information about new and "
720 "updated packages is available. An <literal>update</literal> should always be "
721 "performed before an <literal>upgrade</literal> or "
722 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Please be aware that the overall progress "
723 "meter will be incorrect as the size of the package files cannot be known in "
724 "advance."
725 msgstr ""
726
727 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
728 #: apt-get.8.xml:63
729 msgid ""
730 "<literal>upgrade</literal> is used to install the newest versions of all "
731 "packages currently installed on the system from the sources enumerated in "
732 "<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename>. Packages currently installed "
733 "with new versions available are retrieved and upgraded; under no "
734 "circumstances are currently installed packages removed, or packages not "
735 "already installed retrieved and installed. New versions of currently "
736 "installed packages that cannot be upgraded without changing the install "
737 "status of another package will be left at their current version. An "
738 "<literal>update</literal> must be performed first so that "
739 "<command>apt-get</command> knows that new versions of packages are "
740 "available."
741 msgstr ""
742
743 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
744 #: apt-get.8.xml:76
745 msgid ""
746 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> in addition to performing the function of "
747 "<literal>upgrade</literal>, also intelligently handles changing dependencies "
748 "with new versions of packages; <command>apt-get</command> has a \"smart\" "
749 "conflict resolution system, and it will attempt to upgrade the most "
750 "important packages at the expense of less important ones if necessary. The "
751 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> command may therefore remove some packages. "
752 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> file contains a list of "
753 "locations from which to retrieve desired package files. See also "
754 "&apt-preferences; for a mechanism for overriding the general settings for "
755 "individual packages."
756 msgstr ""
757
758 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
759 #: apt-get.8.xml:89
760 msgid ""
761 "<literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> is used in conjunction with the "
762 "traditional Debian packaging front-end, "
763 "&dselect;. <literal>dselect-upgrade</literal> follows the changes made by "
764 "&dselect; to the <literal>Status</literal> field of available packages, and "
765 "performs the actions necessary to realize that state (for instance, the "
766 "removal of old and the installation of new packages)."
767 msgstr ""
768
769 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
770 #: apt-get.8.xml:100
771 msgid ""
772 "<literal>install</literal> is followed by one or more packages desired for "
773 "installation or upgrading. Each package is a package name, not a fully "
774 "qualified filename (for instance, in a Debian system, "
775 "<package>apt-utils</package> would be the argument provided, not "
776 "<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;_amd64.deb</filename>). All "
777 "packages required by the package(s) specified for installation will also be "
778 "retrieved and installed. The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> "
779 "file is used to locate the desired packages. If a hyphen is appended to the "
780 "package name (with no intervening space), the identified package will be "
781 "removed if it is installed. Similarly a plus sign can be used to designate "
782 "a package to install. These latter features may be used to override "
783 "decisions made by apt-get's conflict resolution system."
784 msgstr ""
785
786 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
787 #: apt-get.8.xml:125
788 msgid ""
789 "Both of the version selection mechanisms can downgrade packages and must be "
790 "used with care."
791 msgstr ""
792
793 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
794 #: apt-get.8.xml:128
795 msgid ""
796 "This is also the target to use if you want to upgrade one or more "
797 "already-installed packages without upgrading every package you have on your "
798 "system. Unlike the \"upgrade\" target, which installs the newest version of "
799 "all currently installed packages, \"install\" will install the newest "
800 "version of only the package(s) specified. Simply provide the name of the "
801 "package(s) you wish to upgrade, and if a newer version is available, it (and "
802 "its dependencies, as described above) will be downloaded and installed."
803 msgstr ""
804
805 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
806 #: apt-get.8.xml:139
807 msgid ""
808 "Finally, the &apt-preferences; mechanism allows you to create an alternative "
809 "installation policy for individual packages."
810 msgstr ""
811
812 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
813 #: apt-get.8.xml:143
814 msgid ""
815 "If no package matches the given expression and the expression contains one "
816 "of '.', '?' or '*' then it is assumed to be a POSIX regular expression, and "
817 "it is applied to all package names in the database. Any matches are then "
818 "installed (or removed). Note that matching is done by substring so 'lo.*' "
819 "matches 'how-lo' and 'lowest'. If this is undesired, anchor the regular "
820 "expression with a '^' or '$' character, or create a more specific regular "
821 "expression."
822 msgstr ""
823
824 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
825 #: apt-get.8.xml:161
826 msgid ""
827 "<literal>purge</literal> is identical to <literal>remove</literal> except "
828 "that packages are removed and purged (any configuration files are deleted "
829 "too)."
830 msgstr ""
831
832 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
833 #: apt-get.8.xml:166
834 msgid ""
835 "<literal>source</literal> causes <command>apt-get</command> to fetch source "
836 "packages. APT will examine the available packages to decide which source "
837 "package to fetch. It will then find and download into the current directory "
838 "the newest available version of that source package while respecting the "
839 "default release, set with the option "
840 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, the <option>-t</option> option or "
841 "per package with the <literal>pkg/release</literal> syntax, if possible."
842 msgstr ""
843
844 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
845 #: apt-get.8.xml:174
846 msgid ""
847 "Source packages are tracked separately from binary packages via "
848 "<literal>deb-src</literal> lines in the &sources-list; file. This means that "
849 "you will need to add such a line for each repository you want to get sources "
850 "from; otherwise you will probably get either the wrong (too old/too new) "
851 "source versions or none at all."
852 msgstr ""
853
854 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
855 #: apt-get.8.xml:180
856 msgid ""
857 "If the <option>--compile</option> option is specified then the package will "
858 "be compiled to a binary .deb using <command>dpkg-buildpackage</command> for "
859 "the architecture as defined by the <command>--host-architecture</command> "
860 "option. If <option>--download-only</option> is specified then the source "
861 "package will not be unpacked."
862 msgstr ""
863
864 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
865 #: apt-get.8.xml:187
866 msgid ""
867 "A specific source version can be retrieved by postfixing the source name "
868 "with an equals and then the version to fetch, similar to the mechanism used "
869 "for the package files. This enables exact matching of the source package "
870 "name and version, implicitly enabling the "
871 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal> option."
872 msgstr ""
873
874 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
875 #: apt-get.8.xml:193
876 msgid ""
877 "Note that source packages are not installed and tracked in the "
878 "<command>dpkg</command> database like binary packages; they are simply "
879 "downloaded to the current directory, like source tarballs."
880 msgstr ""
881
882 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
883 #: apt-get.8.xml:199
884 msgid ""
885 "<literal>build-dep</literal> causes apt-get to install/remove packages in an "
886 "attempt to satisfy the build dependencies for a source package. By default "
887 "the dependencies are satisfied to build the package natively. If desired a "
888 "host-architecture can be specified with the "
889 "<option>--host-architecture</option> option instead."
890 msgstr ""
891
892 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
893 #: apt-get.8.xml:206
894 msgid ""
895 "<literal>check</literal> is a diagnostic tool; it updates the package cache "
896 "and checks for broken dependencies."
897 msgstr ""
898
899 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
900 #: apt-get.8.xml:211
901 msgid ""
902 "<literal>download</literal> will download the given binary package into the "
903 "current directory."
904 msgstr ""
905
906 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
907 #: apt-get.8.xml:217
908 msgid ""
909 "<literal>clean</literal> clears out the local repository of retrieved "
910 "package files. It removes everything but the lock file from "
911 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/</filename> and "
912 "<filename>&cachedir;/archives/partial/</filename>."
913 msgstr ""
914
915 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
916 #: apt-get.8.xml:224
917 msgid ""
918 "Like <literal>clean</literal>, <literal>autoclean</literal> clears out the "
919 "local repository of retrieved package files. The difference is that it only "
920 "removes package files that can no longer be downloaded, and are largely "
921 "useless. This allows a cache to be maintained over a long period without it "
922 "growing out of control. The configuration option "
923 "<literal>APT::Clean-Installed</literal> will prevent installed packages from "
924 "being erased if it is set to off."
925 msgstr ""
926
927 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
928 #: apt-get.8.xml:234
929 msgid ""
930 "<literal>autoremove</literal> is used to remove packages that were "
931 "automatically installed to satisfy dependencies for other packages and are "
932 "now no longer needed."
933 msgstr ""
934
935 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
936 #: apt-get.8.xml:239
937 msgid ""
938 "<literal>changelog</literal> downloads a package changelog and displays it "
939 "through <command>sensible-pager</command>. The server name and base "
940 "directory is defined in the <literal>APT::Changelogs::Server</literal> "
941 "variable (e.g. <ulink "
942 "url=\"http://packages.debian.org/changelogs\">packages.debian.org/changelogs</ulink> "
943 "for Debian or <ulink "
944 "url=\"http://changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs\">changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs</ulink> "
945 "for Ubuntu). By default it displays the changelog for the version that is "
946 "installed. However, you can specify the same options as for the "
947 "<option>install</option> command."
948 msgstr ""
949
950 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
951 #: apt-get.8.xml:262
952 msgid ""
953 "Do not consider recommended packages as a dependency for installing. "
954 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Install-Recommends</literal>."
955 msgstr ""
956
957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
958 #: apt-get.8.xml:267
959 msgid ""
960 "Consider suggested packages as a dependency for installing. Configuration "
961 "Item: <literal>APT::Install-Suggests</literal>."
962 msgstr ""
963
964 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
965 #: apt-get.8.xml:272
966 msgid ""
967 "Download only; package files are only retrieved, not unpacked or installed. "
968 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>."
969 msgstr ""
970
971 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
972 #: apt-get.8.xml:277
973 msgid ""
974 "Fix; attempt to correct a system with broken dependencies in place. This "
975 "option, when used with install/remove, can omit any packages to permit APT "
976 "to deduce a likely solution. If packages are specified, these have to "
977 "completely correct the problem. The option is sometimes necessary when "
978 "running APT for the first time; APT itself does not allow broken package "
979 "dependencies to exist on a system. It is possible that a system's dependency "
980 "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually "
981 "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the "
982 "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> "
983 "may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: "
984 "<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>."
985 msgstr ""
986
987 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
988 #: apt-get.8.xml:292
989 msgid ""
990 "Ignore missing packages; if packages cannot be retrieved or fail the "
991 "integrity check after retrieval (corrupted package files), hold back those "
992 "packages and handle the result. Use of this option together with "
993 "<option>-f</option> may produce an error in some situations. If a package is "
994 "selected for installation (particularly if it is mentioned on the command "
995 "line) and it could not be downloaded then it will be silently held back. "
996 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>."
997 msgstr ""
998
999 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1000 #: apt-get.8.xml:303
1001 msgid ""
1002 "Disables downloading of packages. This is best used with "
1003 "<option>--ignore-missing</option> to force APT to use only the .debs it has "
1004 "already downloaded. Configuration Item: "
1005 "<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>."
1006 msgstr ""
1007
1008 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1009 #: apt-get.8.xml:310
1010 msgid ""
1011 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1012 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1013 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
1014 "file. Note that quiet level 2 implies <option>-y</option>; you should never "
1015 "use -qq without a no-action modifier such as -d, --print-uris or -s as APT "
1016 "may decide to do something you did not expect. Configuration Item: "
1017 "<literal>quiet</literal>."
1018 msgstr ""
1019
1020 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1021 #: apt-get.8.xml:325
1022 msgid ""
1023 "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not "
1024 "actually change the system. Configuration Item: "
1025 "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>."
1026 msgstr ""
1027
1028 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1029 #: apt-get.8.xml:329
1030 msgid ""
1031 "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking "
1032 "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option "
1033 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by "
1034 "default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a "
1035 "simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the "
1036 "notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings "
1037 "from <literal>apt-get</literal>."
1038 msgstr ""
1039
1040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1041 #: apt-get.8.xml:337
1042 msgid ""
1043 "Simulated runs print out a series of lines, each representing a "
1044 "<command>dpkg</command> operation: configure (<literal>Conf</literal>), "
1045 "remove (<literal>Remv</literal>) or unpack "
1046 "(<literal>Inst</literal>). Square brackets indicate broken packages, and "
1047 "empty square brackets indicate breaks that are of no consequence (rare)."
1048 msgstr ""
1049
1050 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1051 #: apt-get.8.xml:345
1052 msgid ""
1053 "Automatic yes to prompts; assume \"yes\" as answer to all prompts and run "
1054 "non-interactively. If an undesirable situation, such as changing a held "
1055 "package, trying to install a unauthenticated package or removing an "
1056 "essential package occurs then <literal>apt-get</literal> will abort. "
1057 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>."
1058 msgstr ""
1059
1060 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1061 #: apt-get.8.xml:353
1062 msgid ""
1063 "Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: "
1064 "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>."
1065 msgstr ""
1066
1067 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1068 #: apt-get.8.xml:358
1069 msgid ""
1070 "Show upgraded packages; print out a list of all packages that are to be "
1071 "upgraded. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Show-Upgraded</literal>."
1072 msgstr ""
1073
1074 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1075 #: apt-get.8.xml:364
1076 msgid ""
1077 "Show full versions for upgraded and installed packages. Configuration Item: "
1078 "<literal>APT::Get::Show-Versions</literal>."
1079 msgstr ""
1080
1081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1082 #: apt-get.8.xml:370
1083 msgid ""
1084 "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by "
1085 "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies "
1086 "are satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host "
1087 "architecture is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by "
1088 "<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: "
1089 "<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>."
1090 msgstr ""
1091
1092 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1093 #: apt-get.8.xml:380
1094 msgid ""
1095 "This option controls the activated build profiles for which a source package "
1096 "is built by <command>apt-get source --compile</command> and how build "
1097 "dependencies are satisfied. By default no build profile is active. More "
1098 "than one build profile can be activated at a time by concatenating them with "
1099 "a comma. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>."
1100 msgstr ""
1101
1102 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1103 #: apt-get.8.xml:391
1104 msgid ""
1105 "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: "
1106 "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>."
1107 msgstr ""
1108
1109 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1110 #: apt-get.8.xml:396
1111 msgid ""
1112 "Ignore package holds; this causes <command>apt-get</command> to ignore a "
1113 "hold placed on a package. This may be useful in conjunction with "
1114 "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> to override a large number of undesired "
1115 "holds. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>."
1116 msgstr ""
1117
1118 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1119 #: apt-get.8.xml:403
1120 msgid ""
1121 "Allow installing new packages when used in conjunction with "
1122 "<literal>upgrade</literal>. This is useful if the update of a installed "
1123 "package requires new dependencies to be installed. Instead of holding the "
1124 "package back <literal>upgrade</literal> will upgrade the package and install "
1125 "the new dependencies. Note that <literal>upgrade</literal> with this option "
1126 "will never remove packages, only allow adding new ones. Configuration Item: "
1127 "<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade-Allow-New</literal>."
1128 msgstr ""
1129
1130 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1131 #: apt-get.8.xml:415
1132 msgid ""
1133 "Do not upgrade packages; when used in conjunction with "
1134 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>no-upgrade</literal> will prevent "
1135 "packages on the command line from being upgraded if they are already "
1136 "installed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>."
1137 msgstr ""
1138
1139 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1140 #: apt-get.8.xml:422
1141 msgid ""
1142 "Do not install new packages; when used in conjunction with "
1143 "<literal>install</literal>, <literal>only-upgrade</literal> will install "
1144 "upgrades for already installed packages only and ignore requests to install "
1145 "new packages. Configuration Item: "
1146 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>."
1147 msgstr ""
1148
1149 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1150 #: apt-get.8.xml:430
1151 msgid ""
1152 "Force yes; this is a dangerous option that will cause apt to continue "
1153 "without prompting if it is doing something potentially harmful. It should "
1154 "not be used except in very special situations. Using "
1155 "<literal>force-yes</literal> can potentially destroy your system! "
1156 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>."
1157 msgstr ""
1158
1159 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1160 #: apt-get.8.xml:438
1161 msgid ""
1162 "Instead of fetching the files to install their URIs are printed. Each URI "
1163 "will have the path, the destination file name, the size and the expected MD5 "
1164 "hash. Note that the file name to write to will not always match the file "
1165 "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> "
1166 "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the "
1167 "<literal>update</literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it "
1168 "is up to the user to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: "
1169 "<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>."
1170 msgstr ""
1171
1172 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1173 #: apt-get.8.xml:449
1174 msgid ""
1175 "Use purge instead of remove for anything that would be removed. An asterisk "
1176 "(\"*\") will be displayed next to packages which are scheduled to be "
1177 "purged. <option>remove --purge</option> is equivalent to the "
1178 "<option>purge</option> command. Configuration Item: "
1179 "<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>."
1180 msgstr ""
1181
1182 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1183 #: apt-get.8.xml:457
1184 msgid ""
1185 "Re-install packages that are already installed and at the newest version. "
1186 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>."
1187 msgstr ""
1188
1189 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1190 #: apt-get.8.xml:462
1191 msgid ""
1192 "This option is on by default; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal> to "
1193 "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically "
1194 "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that "
1195 "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you "
1196 "frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: "
1197 "<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>."
1198 msgstr ""
1199
1200 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1201 #: apt-get.8.xml:472
1202 msgid ""
1203 "This option controls the default input to the policy engine; it creates a "
1204 "default pin at priority 990 using the specified release string. This "
1205 "overrides the general settings in "
1206 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename>. Specifically pinned packages are "
1207 "not affected by the value of this option. In short, this option lets you "
1208 "have simple control over which distribution packages will be retrieved "
1209 "from. Some common examples might be <option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t "
1210 "unstable</option> or <option>-t sid</option>. Configuration Item: "
1211 "<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>; see also the &apt-preferences; "
1212 "manual page."
1213 msgstr ""
1214
1215 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1216 #: apt-get.8.xml:487
1217 msgid ""
1218 "Only perform operations that are 'trivial'. Logically this can be considered "
1219 "related to <option>--assume-yes</option>; where "
1220 "<option>--assume-yes</option> will answer yes to any prompt, "
1221 "<option>--trivial-only</option> will answer no. Configuration Item: "
1222 "<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>."
1223 msgstr ""
1224
1225 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1226 #: apt-get.8.xml:494
1227 msgid ""
1228 "If any packages are to be removed apt-get immediately aborts without "
1229 "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>."
1230 msgstr ""
1231
1232 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1233 #: apt-get.8.xml:500
1234 msgid ""
1235 "If the command is either <literal>install</literal> or "
1236 "<literal>remove</literal>, then this option acts like running the "
1237 "<literal>autoremove</literal> command, removing unused dependency "
1238 "packages. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>."
1239 msgstr ""
1240
1241 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1242 #: apt-get.8.xml:507
1243 msgid ""
1244 "Only has meaning for the <literal>source</literal> and "
1245 "<literal>build-dep</literal> commands. Indicates that the given source "
1246 "names are not to be mapped through the binary table. This means that if "
1247 "this option is specified, these commands will only accept source package "
1248 "names as arguments, rather than accepting binary package names and looking "
1249 "up the corresponding source package. Configuration Item: "
1250 "<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>."
1251 msgstr ""
1252
1253 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1254 #: apt-get.8.xml:518
1255 msgid ""
1256 "Download only the diff, dsc, or tar file of a source archive. Configuration "
1257 "Item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, "
1258 "<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, and "
1259 "<literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>."
1260 msgstr ""
1261
1262 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1263 #: apt-get.8.xml:524
1264 msgid ""
1265 "Only process architecture-dependent build-dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1266 "<literal>APT::Get::Arch-Only</literal>."
1267 msgstr ""
1268
1269 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1270 #: apt-get.8.xml:529
1271 msgid ""
1272 "Ignore if packages can't be authenticated and don't prompt about it. This "
1273 "is useful for tools like pbuilder. Configuration Item: "
1274 "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>."
1275 msgstr ""
1276
1277 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1278 #: apt-get.8.xml:535
1279 msgid ""
1280 "Show user friendly progress information in the terminal window when packages "
1281 "are installed, upgraded or removed. For a machine parsable version of this "
1282 "data see README.progress-reporting in the apt doc directory. Configuration "
1283 "Item: <literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> and "
1284 "<literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>."
1285 msgstr ""
1286
1287 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1288 #: apt-get.8.xml:548 apt-cache.8.xml:345 apt-key.8.xml:176 apt-mark.8.xml:127 apt.conf.5.xml:1221 apt_preferences.5.xml:700
1289 msgid "Files"
1290 msgstr ""
1291
1292 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1293 #: apt-get.8.xml:559
1294 msgid ""
1295 "&apt-cache;, &apt-cdrom;, &dpkg;, &sources-list;, &apt-conf;, &apt-config;, "
1296 "&apt-secure;, The APT User's guide in &guidesdir;, &apt-preferences;, the "
1297 "APT Howto."
1298 msgstr ""
1299
1300 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1301 #: apt-get.8.xml:565
1302 msgid ""
1303 "<command>apt-get</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 on "
1304 "error."
1305 msgstr ""
1306
1307 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1308 #: apt-cache.8.xml:35
1309 msgid "query the APT cache"
1310 msgstr ""
1311
1312 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1313 #: apt-cache.8.xml:41
1314 msgid ""
1315 "<command>apt-cache</command> performs a variety of operations on APT's "
1316 "package cache. <command>apt-cache</command> does not manipulate the state of "
1317 "the system but does provide operations to search and generate interesting "
1318 "output from the package metadata."
1319 msgstr ""
1320
1321 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1322 #: apt-cache.8.xml:51
1323 msgid ""
1324 "<literal>gencaches</literal> creates APT's package cache. This is done "
1325 "implicitly by all commands needing this cache if it is missing or outdated."
1326 msgstr ""
1327
1328 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1329 #: apt-cache.8.xml:55 apt-cache.8.xml:144 apt-cache.8.xml:165 apt-cache.8.xml:187 apt-cache.8.xml:192 apt-cache.8.xml:208 apt-cache.8.xml:226 apt-cache.8.xml:238
1330 msgid "&synopsis-pkg;"
1331 msgstr ""
1332
1333 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1334 #: apt-cache.8.xml:56
1335 msgid ""
1336 "<literal>showpkg</literal> displays information about the packages listed on "
1337 "the command line. Remaining arguments are package names. The available "
1338 "versions and reverse dependencies of each package listed are listed, as well "
1339 "as forward dependencies for each version. Forward (normal) dependencies are "
1340 "those packages upon which the package in question depends; reverse "
1341 "dependencies are those packages that depend upon the package in "
1342 "question. Thus, forward dependencies must be satisfied for a package, but "
1343 "reverse dependencies need not be. For instance, <command>apt-cache showpkg "
1344 "libreadline2</command> would produce output similar to the following:"
1345 msgstr ""
1346
1347 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
1348 #: apt-cache.8.xml:68
1349 #, no-wrap
1350 msgid ""
1351 "Package: libreadline2\n"
1352 "Versions: 2.1-12(/var/state/apt/lists/foo_Packages),\n"
1353 "Reverse Depends: \n"
1354 " libreadlineg2,libreadline2\n"
1355 " libreadline2-altdev,libreadline2\n"
1356 "Dependencies:\n"
1357 "2.1-12 - libc5 (2 5.4.0-0) ncurses3.0 (0 (null))\n"
1358 "Provides:\n"
1359 "2.1-12 - \n"
1360 "Reverse Provides: \n"
1361 msgstr ""
1362
1363 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1364 #: apt-cache.8.xml:80
1365 msgid ""
1366 "Thus it may be seen that libreadline2, version 2.1-12, depends on libc5 and "
1367 "ncurses3.0 which must be installed for libreadline2 to work. In turn, "
1368 "libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev depend on libreadline2. If "
1369 "libreadline2 is installed, libc5 and ncurses3.0 (and ldso) must also be "
1370 "installed; libreadlineg2 and libreadline2-altdev do not have to be "
1371 "installed. For the specific meaning of the remainder of the output it is "
1372 "best to consult the apt source code."
1373 msgstr ""
1374
1375 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1376 #: apt-cache.8.xml:89
1377 msgid ""
1378 "<literal>stats</literal> displays some statistics about the cache. No "
1379 "further arguments are expected. Statistics reported are:"
1380 msgstr ""
1381
1382 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1383 #: apt-cache.8.xml:92
1384 msgid ""
1385 "<literal>Total package names</literal> is the number of package names found "
1386 "in the cache."
1387 msgstr ""
1388
1389 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1390 #: apt-cache.8.xml:96
1391 msgid ""
1392 "<literal>Normal packages</literal> is the number of regular, ordinary "
1393 "package names; these are packages that bear a one-to-one correspondence "
1394 "between their names and the names used by other packages for them in "
1395 "dependencies. The majority of packages fall into this category."
1396 msgstr ""
1397
1398 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1399 #: apt-cache.8.xml:102
1400 msgid ""
1401 "<literal>Pure virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1402 "exist only as a virtual package name; that is, packages only \"provide\" the "
1403 "virtual package name, and no package actually uses the name. For instance, "
1404 "\"mail-transport-agent\" in the Debian system is a pure virtual package; "
1405 "several packages provide \"mail-transport-agent\", but there is no package "
1406 "named \"mail-transport-agent\"."
1407 msgstr ""
1408
1409 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1410 #: apt-cache.8.xml:110
1411 msgid ""
1412 "<literal>Single virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages with "
1413 "only one package providing a particular virtual package. For example, in the "
1414 "Debian system, \"X11-text-viewer\" is a virtual package, but only one "
1415 "package, xless, provides \"X11-text-viewer\"."
1416 msgstr ""
1417
1418 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1419 #: apt-cache.8.xml:116
1420 msgid ""
1421 "<literal>Mixed virtual packages</literal> is the number of packages that "
1422 "either provide a particular virtual package or have the virtual package name "
1423 "as the package name. For instance, in the Debian system, \"debconf\" is both "
1424 "an actual package, and provided by the debconf-tiny package."
1425 msgstr ""
1426
1427 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1428 #: apt-cache.8.xml:123
1429 msgid ""
1430 "<literal>Missing</literal> is the number of package names that were "
1431 "referenced in a dependency but were not provided by any package. Missing "
1432 "packages may be an evidence if a full distribution is not accessed, or if a "
1433 "package (real or virtual) has been dropped from the distribution. Usually "
1434 "they are referenced from Conflicts or Breaks statements."
1435 msgstr ""
1436
1437 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1438 #: apt-cache.8.xml:130
1439 msgid ""
1440 "<literal>Total distinct</literal> versions is the number of package versions "
1441 "found in the cache; this value is therefore at least equal to the number of "
1442 "total package names. If more than one distribution is being accessed (for "
1443 "instance, \"stable\" and \"unstable\"), this value can be considerably "
1444 "larger than the number of total package names."
1445 msgstr ""
1446
1447 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
1448 #: apt-cache.8.xml:137
1449 msgid ""
1450 "<literal>Total dependencies</literal> is the number of dependency "
1451 "relationships claimed by all of the packages in the cache."
1452 msgstr ""
1453
1454 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1455 #: apt-cache.8.xml:145
1456 msgid ""
1457 "<literal>showsrc</literal> displays all the source package records that "
1458 "match the given package names. All versions are shown, as well as all "
1459 "records that declare the name to be a binary package."
1460 msgstr ""
1461
1462 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1463 #: apt-cache.8.xml:151
1464 msgid ""
1465 "<literal>dump</literal> shows a short listing of every package in the "
1466 "cache. It is primarily for debugging."
1467 msgstr ""
1468
1469 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1470 #: apt-cache.8.xml:156
1471 msgid ""
1472 "<literal>dumpavail</literal> prints out an available list to stdout. This is "
1473 "suitable for use with &dpkg; and is used by the &dselect; method."
1474 msgstr ""
1475
1476 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1477 #: apt-cache.8.xml:161
1478 msgid ""
1479 "<literal>unmet</literal> displays a summary of all unmet dependencies in the "
1480 "package cache."
1481 msgstr ""
1482
1483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1484 #: apt-cache.8.xml:166
1485 msgid ""
1486 "<literal>show</literal> performs a function similar to <command>dpkg "
1487 "--print-avail</command>; it displays the package records for the named "
1488 "packages."
1489 msgstr ""
1490
1491 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
1492 #: apt-cache.8.xml:171
1493 msgid "&synopsis-regex;"
1494 msgstr ""
1495
1496 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1497 #: apt-cache.8.xml:172
1498 msgid ""
1499 "<literal>search</literal> performs a full text search on all available "
1500 "package lists for the POSIX regex pattern given, see &regex;. It searches "
1501 "the package names and the descriptions for an occurrence of the regular "
1502 "expression and prints out the package name and the short description, "
1503 "including virtual package names. If <option>--full</option> is given then "
1504 "output identical to <literal>show</literal> is produced for each matched "
1505 "package, and if <option>--names-only</option> is given then the long "
1506 "description is not searched, only the package name is."
1507 msgstr ""
1508
1509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1510 #: apt-cache.8.xml:183
1511 msgid ""
1512 "Separate arguments can be used to specify multiple search patterns that are "
1513 "and'ed together."
1514 msgstr ""
1515
1516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1517 #: apt-cache.8.xml:188
1518 msgid ""
1519 "<literal>depends</literal> shows a listing of each dependency a package has "
1520 "and all the possible other packages that can fulfill that dependency."
1521 msgstr ""
1522
1523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1524 #: apt-cache.8.xml:193
1525 msgid ""
1526 "<literal>rdepends</literal> shows a listing of each reverse dependency a "
1527 "package has."
1528 msgstr ""
1529
1530 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1531 #: apt-cache.8.xml:197
1532 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-prefix;</replaceable></optional>"
1533 msgstr ""
1534
1535 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1536 #: apt-cache.8.xml:198
1537 msgid ""
1538 "This command prints the name of each package APT knows. The optional "
1539 "argument is a prefix match to filter the name list. The output is suitable "
1540 "for use in a shell tab complete function and the output is generated "
1541 "extremely quickly. This command is best used with the "
1542 "<option>--generate</option> option."
1543 msgstr ""
1544
1545 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1546 #: apt-cache.8.xml:203
1547 msgid ""
1548 "Note that a package which APT knows of is not necessarily available to "
1549 "download, installable or installed, e.g. virtual packages are also listed in "
1550 "the generated list."
1551 msgstr ""
1552
1553 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1554 #: apt-cache.8.xml:209
1555 msgid ""
1556 "<literal>dotty</literal> takes a list of packages on the command line and "
1557 "generates output suitable for use by dotty from the <ulink "
1558 "url=\"http://www.research.att.com/sw/tools/graphviz/\">GraphViz</ulink> "
1559 "package. The result will be a set of nodes and edges representing the "
1560 "relationships between the packages. By default the given packages will trace "
1561 "out all dependent packages; this can produce a very large graph. To limit "
1562 "the output to only the packages listed on the command line, set the "
1563 "<literal>APT::Cache::GivenOnly</literal> option."
1564 msgstr ""
1565
1566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1567 #: apt-cache.8.xml:218
1568 msgid ""
1569 "The resulting nodes will have several shapes; normal packages are boxes, "
1570 "pure virtual packages are triangles, mixed virtual packages are diamonds, "
1571 "missing packages are hexagons. Orange boxes mean recursion was stopped (leaf "
1572 "packages), blue lines are pre-depends, green lines are conflicts."
1573 msgstr ""
1574
1575 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1576 #: apt-cache.8.xml:223
1577 msgid "Caution, dotty cannot graph larger sets of packages."
1578 msgstr ""
1579
1580 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1581 #: apt-cache.8.xml:227
1582 msgid ""
1583 "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink "
1584 "url=\"http://rw4.cs.uni-sb.de/users/sander/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG "
1585 "tool</ulink>."
1586 msgstr ""
1587
1588 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1589 #: apt-cache.8.xml:231
1590 msgid "<optional><replaceable>&synopsis-pkg;</replaceable>…</optional>"
1591 msgstr ""
1592
1593 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1594 #: apt-cache.8.xml:232
1595 msgid ""
1596 "<literal>policy</literal> is meant to help debug issues relating to the "
1597 "preferences file. With no arguments it will print out the priorities of each "
1598 "source. Otherwise it prints out detailed information about the priority "
1599 "selection of the named package."
1600 msgstr ""
1601
1602 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1603 #: apt-cache.8.xml:239
1604 msgid ""
1605 "<literal>apt-cache</literal>'s <literal>madison</literal> command attempts "
1606 "to mimic the output format and a subset of the functionality of the Debian "
1607 "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available "
1608 "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original "
1609 "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the "
1610 "architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists "
1611 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)."
1612 msgstr ""
1613
1614 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1615 #: apt-cache.8.xml:255
1616 msgid ""
1617 "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary "
1618 "cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: "
1619 "<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>."
1620 msgstr ""
1621
1622 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1623 #: apt-cache.8.xml:261
1624 msgid ""
1625 "Select the file to store the source cache. The source is used only by "
1626 "<literal>gencaches</literal> and it stores a parsed version of the package "
1627 "information from remote sources. When building the package cache the source "
1628 "cache is used to avoid reparsing all of the package files. Configuration "
1629 "Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>."
1630 msgstr ""
1631
1632 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1633 #: apt-cache.8.xml:269
1634 msgid ""
1635 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
1636 "More q's will produce more quietness up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
1637 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quietness level, overriding the "
1638 "configuration file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
1639 msgstr ""
1640
1641 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1642 #: apt-cache.8.xml:276
1643 msgid ""
1644 "Print only important dependencies; for use with <literal>unmet</literal> and "
1645 "<literal>depends</literal>. Causes only Depends and Pre-Depends relations to "
1646 "be printed. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>."
1647 msgstr ""
1648
1649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1650 #: apt-cache.8.xml:290
1651 msgid ""
1652 "Per default the <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> "
1653 "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit "
1654 "the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: "
1655 "<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> "
1656 "e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>."
1657 msgstr ""
1658
1659 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1660 #: apt-cache.8.xml:297
1661 msgid ""
1662 "Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: "
1663 "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>."
1664 msgstr ""
1665
1666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1667 #: apt-cache.8.xml:302
1668 msgid ""
1669 "Print full records for all available versions. This is the default; to turn "
1670 "it off, use <option>--no-all-versions</option>. If "
1671 "<option>--no-all-versions</option> is specified, only the candidate version "
1672 "will be displayed (the one which would be selected for installation). This "
1673 "option is only applicable to the <literal>show</literal> command. "
1674 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>."
1675 msgstr ""
1676
1677 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1678 #: apt-cache.8.xml:311
1679 msgid ""
1680 "Perform automatic package cache regeneration, rather than use the cache as "
1681 "it is. This is the default; to turn it off, use "
1682 "<option>--no-generate</option>. Configuration Item: "
1683 "<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>."
1684 msgstr ""
1685
1686 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1687 #: apt-cache.8.xml:317
1688 msgid ""
1689 "Only search on the package names, not the long descriptions. Configuration "
1690 "Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>."
1691 msgstr ""
1692
1693 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1694 #: apt-cache.8.xml:322
1695 msgid ""
1696 "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages "
1697 "and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: "
1698 "<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>."
1699 msgstr ""
1700
1701 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1702 #: apt-cache.8.xml:328
1703 msgid ""
1704 "Make <literal>depends</literal> and <literal>rdepends</literal> recursive so "
1705 "that all packages mentioned are printed once. Configuration Item: "
1706 "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>."
1707 msgstr ""
1708
1709 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1710 #: apt-cache.8.xml:335
1711 msgid ""
1712 "Limit the output of <literal>depends</literal> and "
1713 "<literal>rdepends</literal> to packages which are currently installed. "
1714 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>."
1715 msgstr ""
1716
1717 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1718 #: apt-cache.8.xml:353
1719 msgid "&apt-conf;, &sources-list;, &apt-get;"
1720 msgstr ""
1721
1722 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1723 #: apt-cache.8.xml:358
1724 msgid ""
1725 "<command>apt-cache</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
1726 "on error."
1727 msgstr ""
1728
1729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1730 #: apt-key.8.xml:34
1731 msgid "APT key management utility"
1732 msgstr ""
1733
1734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1735 #: apt-key.8.xml:41
1736 msgid ""
1737 "<command>apt-key</command> is used to manage the list of keys used by apt to "
1738 "authenticate packages. Packages which have been authenticated using these "
1739 "keys will be considered trusted."
1740 msgstr ""
1741
1742 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1743 #: apt-key.8.xml:47
1744 msgid "Commands"
1745 msgstr ""
1746
1747 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1748 #: apt-key.8.xml:52
1749 msgid ""
1750 "Add a new key to the list of trusted keys. The key is read from the "
1751 "filename given with the parameter &synopsis-param-filename; or if the "
1752 "filename is <literal>-</literal> from standard input."
1753 msgstr ""
1754
1755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1756 #: apt-key.8.xml:65
1757 msgid "Remove a key from the list of trusted keys."
1758 msgstr ""
1759
1760 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1761 #: apt-key.8.xml:76
1762 msgid "Output the key &synopsis-param-keyid; to standard output."
1763 msgstr ""
1764
1765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1766 #: apt-key.8.xml:87
1767 msgid "Output all trusted keys to standard output."
1768 msgstr ""
1769
1770 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1771 #: apt-key.8.xml:98
1772 msgid "List trusted keys."
1773 msgstr ""
1774
1775 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1776 #: apt-key.8.xml:109
1777 msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys."
1778 msgstr ""
1779
1780 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1781 #: apt-key.8.xml:120
1782 msgid ""
1783 "Pass advanced options to gpg. With adv --recv-key you can download the "
1784 "public key."
1785 msgstr ""
1786
1787 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1788 #: apt-key.8.xml:132
1789 msgid ""
1790 "Update the local keyring with the archive keyring and remove from the local "
1791 "keyring the archive keys which are no longer valid. The archive keyring is "
1792 "shipped in the <literal>archive-keyring</literal> package of your "
1793 "distribution, e.g. the &keyring-package; package in &keyring-distro;."
1794 msgstr ""
1795
1796 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1797 #: apt-key.8.xml:146
1798 msgid ""
1799 "Perform an update working similarly to the <command>update</command> command "
1800 "above, but get the archive keyring from a URI instead and validate it "
1801 "against a master key. This requires an installed &wget; and an APT build "
1802 "configured to have a server to fetch from and a master keyring to validate. "
1803 "APT in Debian does not support this command, relying on "
1804 "<command>update</command> instead, but Ubuntu's APT does."
1805 msgstr ""
1806
1807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1808 #: apt-key.8.xml:162 apt-cdrom.8.xml:82
1809 msgid "Options"
1810 msgstr ""
1811
1812 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1813 #: apt-key.8.xml:163
1814 msgid ""
1815 "Note that options need to be defined before the commands described in the "
1816 "previous section."
1817 msgstr ""
1818
1819 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1820 #: apt-key.8.xml:166
1821 msgid ""
1822 "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the "
1823 "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on the "
1824 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the "
1825 "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though "
1826 "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that "
1827 "e.g. new keys are added to this one."
1828 msgstr ""
1829
1830 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1831 #: apt-key.8.xml:181
1832 msgid "<filename>/etc/apt/trustdb.gpg</filename>"
1833 msgstr ""
1834
1835 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1836 #: apt-key.8.xml:182
1837 msgid "Local trust database of archive keys."
1838 msgstr ""
1839
1840 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1841 #: apt-key.8.xml:185
1842 msgid "&keyring-filename;"
1843 msgstr ""
1844
1845 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1846 #: apt-key.8.xml:186
1847 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive trusted keys."
1848 msgstr ""
1849
1850 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
1851 #: apt-key.8.xml:189
1852 msgid "&keyring-removed-filename;"
1853 msgstr ""
1854
1855 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1856 #: apt-key.8.xml:190
1857 msgid "Keyring of &keyring-distro; archive removed trusted keys."
1858 msgstr ""
1859
1860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1861 #: apt-key.8.xml:199
1862 msgid "&apt-get;, &apt-secure;"
1863 msgstr ""
1864
1865 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1866 #: apt-mark.8.xml:35
1867 msgid "mark/unmark a package as being automatically-installed"
1868 msgstr ""
1869
1870 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1871 #: apt-mark.8.xml:41
1872 msgid ""
1873 "<command>apt-mark</command> will change whether a package has been marked as "
1874 "being automatically installed."
1875 msgstr ""
1876
1877 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1878 #: apt-mark.8.xml:45
1879 msgid ""
1880 "When you request that a package is installed, and as a result other packages "
1881 "are installed to satisfy its dependencies, the dependencies are marked as "
1882 "being automatically installed. Once these automatically installed packages "
1883 "are no longer depended on by any manually installed packages, they will be "
1884 "removed by e.g. <command>apt-get</command> or <command>aptitude</command>."
1885 msgstr ""
1886
1887 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1888 #: apt-mark.8.xml:54
1889 msgid ""
1890 "<literal>auto</literal> is used to mark a package as being automatically "
1891 "installed, which will cause the package to be removed when no more manually "
1892 "installed packages depend on this package."
1893 msgstr ""
1894
1895 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1896 #: apt-mark.8.xml:62
1897 msgid ""
1898 "<literal>manual</literal> is used to mark a package as being manually "
1899 "installed, which will prevent the package from being automatically removed "
1900 "if no other packages depend on it."
1901 msgstr ""
1902
1903 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1904 #: apt-mark.8.xml:70
1905 msgid ""
1906 "<literal>hold</literal> is used to mark a package as held back, which will "
1907 "prevent the package from being automatically installed, upgraded or "
1908 "removed. The command is only a wrapper around <command>dpkg "
1909 "--set-selections</command> and the state is therefore maintained by &dpkg; "
1910 "and not affected by the <option>--file</option> option."
1911 msgstr ""
1912
1913 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1914 #: apt-mark.8.xml:80
1915 msgid ""
1916 "<literal>unhold</literal> is used to cancel a previously set hold on a "
1917 "package to allow all actions again."
1918 msgstr ""
1919
1920 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1921 #: apt-mark.8.xml:86
1922 msgid ""
1923 "<literal>showauto</literal> is used to print a list of automatically "
1924 "installed packages with each package on a new line. All automatically "
1925 "installed packages will be listed if no package is given. If packages are "
1926 "given only those which are automatically installed will be shown."
1927 msgstr ""
1928
1929 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1930 #: apt-mark.8.xml:94
1931 msgid ""
1932 "<literal>showmanual</literal> can be used in the same way as "
1933 "<literal>showauto</literal> except that it will print a list of manually "
1934 "installed packages instead."
1935 msgstr ""
1936
1937 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1938 #: apt-mark.8.xml:101
1939 msgid ""
1940 "<literal>showhold</literal> is used to print a list of packages on hold in "
1941 "the same way as for the other show commands."
1942 msgstr ""
1943
1944 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
1945 #: apt-mark.8.xml:117
1946 msgid ""
1947 "Read/Write package stats from the filename given with the parameter "
1948 "&synopsis-param-filename; instead of from the default location, which is "
1949 "<filename>extended_status</filename> in the directory defined by the "
1950 "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::State</literal>."
1951 msgstr ""
1952
1953 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1954 #: apt-mark.8.xml:138
1955 msgid ""
1956 "<command>apt-mark</command> returns zero on normal operation, non-zero on "
1957 "error."
1958 msgstr ""
1959
1960 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
1961 #: apt-secure.8.xml:49
1962 msgid "Archive authentication support for APT"
1963 msgstr ""
1964
1965 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1966 #: apt-secure.8.xml:54
1967 msgid ""
1968 "Starting with version 0.6, <command>apt</command> contains code that does "
1969 "signature checking of the Release file for all archives. This ensures that "
1970 "packages in the archive can't be modified by people who have no access to "
1971 "the Release file signing key."
1972 msgstr ""
1973
1974 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1975 #: apt-secure.8.xml:62
1976 msgid ""
1977 "If a package comes from a archive without a signature, or with a signature "
1978 "that apt does not have a key for, that package is considered untrusted, and "
1979 "installing it will result in a big warning. <command>apt-get</command> will "
1980 "currently only warn for unsigned archives; future releases might force all "
1981 "sources to be verified before downloading packages from them."
1982 msgstr ""
1983
1984 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1985 #: apt-secure.8.xml:71
1986 msgid ""
1987 "The package frontends &apt-get;, &aptitude; and &synaptic; support this new "
1988 "authentication feature."
1989 msgstr ""
1990
1991 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
1992 #: apt-secure.8.xml:76
1993 msgid "Trusted archives"
1994 msgstr ""
1995
1996 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
1997 #: apt-secure.8.xml:79
1998 msgid ""
1999 "The chain of trust from an apt archive to the end user is made up of several "
2000 "steps. <command>apt-secure</command> is the last step in this chain; "
2001 "trusting an archive does not mean that you trust its packages not to contain "
2002 "malicious code, but means that you trust the archive maintainer. It's the "
2003 "archive maintainer's responsibility to ensure that the archive's integrity "
2004 "is preserved."
2005 msgstr ""
2006
2007 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2008 #: apt-secure.8.xml:87
2009 msgid ""
2010 "apt-secure does not review signatures at a package level. If you require "
2011 "tools to do this you should look at <command>debsig-verify</command> and "
2012 "<command>debsign</command> (provided in the debsig-verify and devscripts "
2013 "packages respectively)."
2014 msgstr ""
2015
2016 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2017 #: apt-secure.8.xml:94
2018 msgid ""
2019 "The chain of trust in Debian starts when a maintainer uploads a new package "
2020 "or a new version of a package to the Debian archive. In order to become "
2021 "effective, this upload needs to be signed by a key contained in the Debian "
2022 "Maintainers keyring (available in the debian-keyring package). Maintainers' "
2023 "keys are signed by other maintainers following pre-established procedures to "
2024 "ensure the identity of the key holder."
2025 msgstr ""
2026
2027 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2028 #: apt-secure.8.xml:104
2029 msgid ""
2030 "Once the uploaded package is verified and included in the archive, the "
2031 "maintainer signature is stripped off, and checksums of the package are "
2032 "computed and put in the Packages file. The checksums of all of the Packages "
2033 "files are then computed and put into the Release file. The Release file is "
2034 "then signed by the archive key for this &keyring-distro; release, and "
2035 "distributed alongside the packages and the Packages files on "
2036 "&keyring-distro; mirrors. The keys are in the &keyring-distro; archive "
2037 "keyring available in the &keyring-package; package."
2038 msgstr ""
2039
2040 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2041 #: apt-secure.8.xml:115
2042 msgid ""
2043 "End users can check the signature of the Release file, extract a checksum of "
2044 "a package from it and compare it with the checksum of the package they "
2045 "downloaded by hand - or rely on APT doing this automatically."
2046 msgstr ""
2047
2048 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2049 #: apt-secure.8.xml:120
2050 msgid ""
2051 "Notice that this is distinct from checking signatures on a per package "
2052 "basis. It is designed to prevent two possible attacks:"
2053 msgstr ""
2054
2055 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2056 #: apt-secure.8.xml:125
2057 msgid ""
2058 "<literal>Network \"man in the middle\" attacks</literal>. Without signature "
2059 "checking, malicious agents can introduce themselves into the package "
2060 "download process and provide malicious software either by controlling a "
2061 "network element (router, switch, etc.) or by redirecting traffic to a rogue "
2062 "server (through ARP or DNS spoofing attacks)."
2063 msgstr ""
2064
2065 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2066 #: apt-secure.8.xml:133
2067 msgid ""
2068 "<literal>Mirror network compromise</literal>. Without signature checking, a "
2069 "malicious agent can compromise a mirror host and modify the files in it to "
2070 "propagate malicious software to all users downloading packages from that "
2071 "host."
2072 msgstr ""
2073
2074 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2075 #: apt-secure.8.xml:140
2076 msgid ""
2077 "However, it does not defend against a compromise of the Debian master server "
2078 "itself (which signs the packages) or against a compromise of the key used to "
2079 "sign the Release files. In any case, this mechanism can complement a "
2080 "per-package signature."
2081 msgstr ""
2082
2083 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2084 #: apt-secure.8.xml:146
2085 msgid "User configuration"
2086 msgstr ""
2087
2088 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2089 #: apt-secure.8.xml:148
2090 msgid ""
2091 "<command>apt-key</command> is the program that manages the list of keys used "
2092 "by apt. It can be used to add or remove keys, although an installation of "
2093 "this release will automatically contain the default Debian archive signing "
2094 "keys used in the Debian package repositories."
2095 msgstr ""
2096
2097 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2098 #: apt-secure.8.xml:155
2099 msgid ""
2100 "In order to add a new key you need to first download it (you should make "
2101 "sure you are using a trusted communication channel when retrieving it), add "
2102 "it with <command>apt-key</command> and then run <command>apt-get "
2103 "update</command> so that apt can download and verify the "
2104 "<filename>InRelease</filename> or <filename>Release.gpg</filename> files "
2105 "from the archives you have configured."
2106 msgstr ""
2107
2108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2109 #: apt-secure.8.xml:164
2110 msgid "Archive configuration"
2111 msgstr ""
2112
2113 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2114 #: apt-secure.8.xml:166
2115 msgid ""
2116 "If you want to provide archive signatures in an archive under your "
2117 "maintenance you have to:"
2118 msgstr ""
2119
2120 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2121 #: apt-secure.8.xml:171
2122 msgid ""
2123 "<emphasis>Create a toplevel Release file</emphasis>, if it does not exist "
2124 "already. You can do this by running <command>apt-ftparchive "
2125 "release</command> (provided in apt-utils)."
2126 msgstr ""
2127
2128 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2129 #: apt-secure.8.xml:176
2130 msgid ""
2131 "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg "
2132 "--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o "
2133 "Release.gpg Release</command>."
2134 msgstr ""
2135
2136 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
2137 #: apt-secure.8.xml:180
2138 msgid ""
2139 "<emphasis>Publish the key fingerprint</emphasis>, that way your users will "
2140 "know what key they need to import in order to authenticate the files in the "
2141 "archive."
2142 msgstr ""
2143
2144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2145 #: apt-secure.8.xml:187
2146 msgid ""
2147 "Whenever the contents of the archive change (new packages are added or "
2148 "removed) the archive maintainer has to follow the first two steps outlined "
2149 "above."
2150 msgstr ""
2151
2152 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2153 #: apt-secure.8.xml:195
2154 msgid ""
2155 "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;, &apt-key;, &apt-ftparchive;, "
2156 "&debsign; &debsig-verify;, &gpg;"
2157 msgstr ""
2158
2159 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2160 #: apt-secure.8.xml:199
2161 msgid ""
2162 "For more background information you might want to review the <ulink "
2163 "url=\"http://www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-howto/ch7\">Debian "
2164 "Security Infrastructure</ulink> chapter of the Securing Debian Manual "
2165 "(available also in the harden-doc package) and the <ulink "
2166 "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong "
2167 "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen."
2168 msgstr ""
2169
2170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2171 #: apt-secure.8.xml:212
2172 msgid "Manpage Authors"
2173 msgstr ""
2174
2175 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2176 #: apt-secure.8.xml:214
2177 msgid ""
2178 "This man-page is based on the work of Javier Fernández-Sanguino Peña, Isaac "
2179 "Jones, Colin Walters, Florian Weimer and Michael Vogt."
2180 msgstr ""
2181
2182 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2183 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:34
2184 msgid "APT CD-ROM management utility"
2185 msgstr ""
2186
2187 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2188 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:40
2189 msgid ""
2190 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> is used to add a new CD-ROM to APT's list of "
2191 "available sources. <command>apt-cdrom</command> takes care of determining "
2192 "the structure of the disc as well as correcting for several possible "
2193 "mis-burns and verifying the index files."
2194 msgstr ""
2195
2196 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2197 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:47
2198 msgid ""
2199 "It is necessary to use <command>apt-cdrom</command> to add CDs to the APT "
2200 "system; it cannot be done by hand. Furthermore each disc in a multi-CD set "
2201 "must be inserted and scanned separately to account for possible mis-burns."
2202 msgstr ""
2203
2204 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2205 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:58
2206 msgid ""
2207 "<literal>add</literal> is used to add a new disc to the source list. It will "
2208 "unmount the CD-ROM device, prompt for a disc to be inserted and then proceed "
2209 "to scan it and copy the index files. If the disc does not have a proper "
2210 "<filename>.disk</filename> directory you will be prompted for a descriptive "
2211 "title."
2212 msgstr ""
2213
2214 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2215 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:66
2216 msgid ""
2217 "APT uses a CD-ROM ID to track which disc is currently in the drive and "
2218 "maintains a database of these IDs in "
2219 "<filename>&statedir;/cdroms.list</filename>"
2220 msgstr ""
2221
2222 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2223 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:74
2224 msgid ""
2225 "A debugging tool to report the identity of the current disc as well as the "
2226 "stored file name"
2227 msgstr ""
2228
2229 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2230 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:87
2231 msgid ""
2232 "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the "
2233 "<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: "
2234 "<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>."
2235 msgstr ""
2236
2237 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2238 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:95
2239 msgid ""
2240 "Mount point; specify the location to mount the CD-ROM. This mount point must "
2241 "be listed in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> and properly configured. "
2242 "Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>."
2243 msgstr ""
2244
2245 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2246 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:104
2247 msgid ""
2248 "Rename a disc; change the label of a disc or override the disc's given "
2249 "label. This option will cause <command>apt-cdrom</command> to prompt for a "
2250 "new label. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>."
2251 msgstr ""
2252
2253 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2254 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:113
2255 msgid ""
2256 "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and "
2257 "unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: "
2258 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>."
2259 msgstr ""
2260
2261 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2262 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:121
2263 msgid ""
2264 "Fast Copy; Assume the package files are valid and do not check every "
2265 "package. This option should be used only if <command>apt-cdrom</command> has "
2266 "been run on this disc before and did not detect any errors. Configuration "
2267 "Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>."
2268 msgstr ""
2269
2270 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2271 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:131
2272 msgid ""
2273 "Thorough Package Scan; This option may be needed with some old Debian "
2274 "1.1/1.2 discs that have Package files in strange places. It takes much "
2275 "longer to scan the CD but will pick them all up."
2276 msgstr ""
2277
2278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2279 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:142
2280 msgid ""
2281 "No Changes; Do not change the &sources-list; file and do not write index "
2282 "files. Everything is still checked however. Configuration Item: "
2283 "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>."
2284 msgstr ""
2285
2286 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2287 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:155
2288 msgid "&apt-conf;, &apt-get;, &sources-list;"
2289 msgstr ""
2290
2291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2292 #: apt-cdrom.8.xml:160
2293 msgid ""
2294 "<command>apt-cdrom</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2295 "on error."
2296 msgstr ""
2297
2298 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2299 #: apt-config.8.xml:35
2300 msgid "APT Configuration Query program"
2301 msgstr ""
2302
2303 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2304 #: apt-config.8.xml:41
2305 msgid ""
2306 "<command>apt-config</command> is an internal program used by various "
2307 "portions of the APT suite to provide consistent configurability. It accesses "
2308 "the main configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> in a "
2309 "manner that is easy to use for scripted applications."
2310 msgstr ""
2311
2312 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2313 #: apt-config.8.xml:53
2314 msgid ""
2315 "shell is used to access the configuration information from a shell "
2316 "script. It is given pairs of arguments, the first being a shell variable and "
2317 "the second the configuration value to query. As output it lists shell "
2318 "assignment commands for each value present. In a shell script it should be "
2319 "used as follows:"
2320 msgstr ""
2321
2322 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><informalexample><programlisting>
2323 #: apt-config.8.xml:61
2324 #, no-wrap
2325 msgid ""
2326 "OPTS=\"-f\"\n"
2327 "RES=`apt-config shell OPTS MyApp::options`\n"
2328 "eval $RES\n"
2329 msgstr ""
2330
2331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2332 #: apt-config.8.xml:66
2333 msgid ""
2334 "This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of "
2335 "MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>."
2336 msgstr ""
2337
2338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2339 #: apt-config.8.xml:70
2340 msgid ""
2341 "The configuration item may be postfixed with a /[fdbi]. f returns file "
2342 "names, d returns directories, b returns true or false and i returns an "
2343 "integer. Each of the returns is normalized and verified internally."
2344 msgstr ""
2345
2346 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2347 #: apt-config.8.xml:79
2348 msgid "Just show the contents of the configuration space."
2349 msgstr ""
2350
2351 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2352 #: apt-config.8.xml:92
2353 msgid ""
2354 "Include options which have an empty value. This is the default, so use "
2355 "--no-empty to remove them from the output."
2356 msgstr ""
2357
2358 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term><option><replaceable>
2359 #: apt-config.8.xml:97
2360 msgid "&percnt;f &#x0022;&percnt;v&#x0022;;&percnt;n"
2361 msgstr ""
2362
2363 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2364 #: apt-config.8.xml:98
2365 msgid ""
2366 "Defines the output of each config option. &percnt;t will be replaced with "
2367 "its individual name, &percnt;f with its full hierarchical name and &percnt;v "
2368 "with its value. Use uppercase letters and special characters in the value "
2369 "will be encoded to ensure that it can e.g. be safely used in a quoted-string "
2370 "as defined by RFC822. Additionally &percnt;n will be replaced by a newline, "
2371 "and &percnt;N by a tab. A &percnt; can be printed by using &percnt;&percnt;."
2372 msgstr ""
2373
2374 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2375 #: apt-config.8.xml:112 apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:73 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:66 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:610
2376 msgid "&apt-conf;"
2377 msgstr ""
2378
2379 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2380 #: apt-config.8.xml:117
2381 msgid ""
2382 "<command>apt-config</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal 100 "
2383 "on error."
2384 msgstr ""
2385
2386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><contrib>
2387 #: apt.conf.5.xml:22
2388 msgid "Initial documentation of Debug::*."
2389 msgstr ""
2390
2391 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refentryinfo><author><email>
2392 #: apt.conf.5.xml:23
2393 msgid "dburrows@debian.org"
2394 msgstr ""
2395
2396 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
2397 #: apt.conf.5.xml:33 apt_preferences.5.xml:27 sources.list.5.xml:28
2398 msgid "5"
2399 msgstr ""
2400
2401 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
2402 #: apt.conf.5.xml:40
2403 msgid "Configuration file for APT"
2404 msgstr ""
2405
2406 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2407 #: apt.conf.5.xml:44
2408 msgid ""
2409 "<filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename> is the main configuration file shared "
2410 "by all the tools in the APT suite of tools, though it is by no means the "
2411 "only place options can be set. The suite also shares a common command line "
2412 "parser to provide a uniform environment."
2413 msgstr ""
2414
2415 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><para>
2416 #: apt.conf.5.xml:50
2417 msgid ""
2418 "When an APT tool starts up it will read the configuration files in the "
2419 "following order:"
2420 msgstr ""
2421
2422 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2423 #: apt.conf.5.xml:52
2424 msgid ""
2425 "the file specified by the <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> environment variable (if "
2426 "any)"
2427 msgstr ""
2428
2429 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2430 #: apt.conf.5.xml:54
2431 msgid ""
2432 "all files in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in alphanumeric ascending "
2433 "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename "
2434 "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) "
2435 "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has "
2436 "ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the "
2437 "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which "
2438 "case it will be silently ignored."
2439 msgstr ""
2440
2441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2442 #: apt.conf.5.xml:61
2443 msgid "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>"
2444 msgstr ""
2445
2446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
2447 #: apt.conf.5.xml:63
2448 msgid ""
2449 "the command line options are applied to override the configuration "
2450 "directives or to load even more configuration files."
2451 msgstr ""
2452
2453 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2454 #: apt.conf.5.xml:67
2455 msgid "Syntax"
2456 msgstr ""
2457
2458 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2459 #: apt.conf.5.xml:68
2460 msgid ""
2461 "The configuration file is organized in a tree with options organized into "
2462 "functional groups. Option specification is given with a double colon "
2463 "notation; for instance <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> is an option "
2464 "within the APT tool group, for the Get tool. Options do not inherit from "
2465 "their parent groups."
2466 msgstr ""
2467
2468 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2469 #: apt.conf.5.xml:74
2470 msgid ""
2471 "Syntactically the configuration language is modeled after what the ISC tools "
2472 "such as bind and dhcp use. Lines starting with <literal>//</literal> are "
2473 "treated as comments (ignored), as well as all text between "
2474 "<literal>/*</literal> and <literal>*/</literal>, just like C/C++ comments. "
2475 "Each line is of the form <literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. "
2476 "The quotation marks and trailing semicolon are required. The value must be "
2477 "on one line, and there is no kind of string concatenation. Values must not "
2478 "include backslashes or extra quotation marks. Option names are made up of "
2479 "alphanumeric characters and the characters \"/-:._+\". A new scope can be "
2480 "opened with curly braces, like this:"
2481 msgstr ""
2482
2483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2484 #: apt.conf.5.xml:87
2485 #, no-wrap
2486 msgid ""
2487 "APT {\n"
2488 " Get {\n"
2489 " Assume-Yes \"true\";\n"
2490 " Fix-Broken \"true\";\n"
2491 " };\n"
2492 "};\n"
2493 msgstr ""
2494
2495 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2496 #: apt.conf.5.xml:95
2497 msgid ""
2498 "with newlines placed to make it more readable. Lists can be created by "
2499 "opening a scope and including a single string enclosed in quotes followed by "
2500 "a semicolon. Multiple entries can be included, separated by a semicolon."
2501 msgstr ""
2502
2503 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting>
2504 #: apt.conf.5.xml:100
2505 #, no-wrap
2506 msgid "DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs {\"/usr/sbin/dpkg-preconfigure --apt\";};\n"
2507 msgstr ""
2508
2509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2510 #: apt.conf.5.xml:103
2511 msgid ""
2512 "In general the sample configuration file &configureindex; is a good guide "
2513 "for how it should look."
2514 msgstr ""
2515
2516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2517 #: apt.conf.5.xml:106
2518 msgid ""
2519 "Case is not significant in names of configuration items, so in the previous "
2520 "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>."
2521 msgstr ""
2522
2523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2524 #: apt.conf.5.xml:109
2525 msgid ""
2526 "Names for the configuration items are optional if a list is defined as can "
2527 "be seen in the <literal>DPkg::Pre-Install-Pkgs</literal> example above. If "
2528 "you don't specify a name a new entry will simply add a new option to the "
2529 "list. If you specify a name you can override the option in the same way as "
2530 "any other option by reassigning a new value to the option."
2531 msgstr ""
2532
2533 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2534 #: apt.conf.5.xml:114
2535 msgid ""
2536 "Two special commands are defined: <literal>#include</literal> (which is "
2537 "deprecated and not supported by alternative implementations) and "
2538 "<literal>#clear</literal>. <literal>#include</literal> will include the "
2539 "given file, unless the filename ends in a slash, in which case the whole "
2540 "directory is included. <literal>#clear</literal> is used to erase a part of "
2541 "the configuration tree. The specified element and all its descendants are "
2542 "erased. (Note that these lines also need to end with a semicolon.)"
2543 msgstr ""
2544
2545 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2546 #: apt.conf.5.xml:124
2547 msgid ""
2548 "The <literal>#clear</literal> command is the only way to delete a list or a "
2549 "complete scope. Reopening a scope (or using the syntax described below with "
2550 "an appended <literal>::</literal>) will <emphasis>not</emphasis> override "
2551 "previously written entries. Options can only be overridden by addressing a "
2552 "new value to them - lists and scopes can't be overridden, only cleared."
2553 msgstr ""
2554
2555 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2556 #: apt.conf.5.xml:132
2557 msgid ""
2558 "All of the APT tools take an -o option which allows an arbitrary "
2559 "configuration directive to be specified on the command line. The syntax is a "
2560 "full option name (<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> for instance) "
2561 "followed by an equals sign then the new value of the option. To append a new "
2562 "element to a list, add a trailing <literal>::</literal> to the name of the "
2563 "list. (As you might suspect, the scope syntax can't be used on the command "
2564 "line.)"
2565 msgstr ""
2566
2567 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2568 #: apt.conf.5.xml:140
2569 msgid ""
2570 "Note that appending items to a list using <literal>::</literal> only works "
2571 "for one item per line, and that you should not use it in combination with "
2572 "the scope syntax (which adds <literal>::</literal> implicitly). Using both "
2573 "syntaxes together will trigger a bug which some users unfortunately depend "
2574 "on: an option with the unusual name \"<literal>::</literal>\" which acts "
2575 "like every other option with a name. This introduces many problems; for one "
2576 "thing, users who write multiple lines in this <emphasis>wrong</emphasis> "
2577 "syntax in the hope of appending to a list will achieve the opposite, as only "
2578 "the last assignment for this option \"<literal>::</literal>\" will be "
2579 "used. Future versions of APT will raise errors and stop working if they "
2580 "encounter this misuse, so please correct such statements now while APT "
2581 "doesn't explicitly complain about them."
2582 msgstr ""
2583
2584 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2585 #: apt.conf.5.xml:155
2586 msgid "The APT Group"
2587 msgstr ""
2588
2589 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2590 #: apt.conf.5.xml:156
2591 msgid ""
2592 "This group of options controls general APT behavior as well as holding the "
2593 "options for all of the tools."
2594 msgstr ""
2595
2596 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2597 #: apt.conf.5.xml:161
2598 msgid ""
2599 "System Architecture; sets the architecture to use when fetching files and "
2600 "parsing package lists. The internal default is the architecture apt was "
2601 "compiled for."
2602 msgstr ""
2603
2604 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2605 #: apt.conf.5.xml:168
2606 msgid ""
2607 "All Architectures the system supports. For instance, CPUs implementing the "
2608 "<literal>amd64</literal> (also called <literal>x86-64</literal>) "
2609 "instruction set are also able to execute binaries compiled for the "
2610 "<literal>i386</literal> (<literal>x86</literal>) instruction set. This list "
2611 "is used when fetching files and parsing package lists. The initial default "
2612 "is always the system's native architecture "
2613 "(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>), and foreign architectures are added "
2614 "to the default list when they are registered via <command>dpkg "
2615 "--add-architecture</command>."
2616 msgstr ""
2617
2618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2619 #: apt.conf.5.xml:182
2620 msgid ""
2621 "List of all build profiles enabled for build-dependency resolution, without "
2622 "the \"<literal>profile.</literal>\" namespace prefix. By default this list "
2623 "is empty. The <envar>DEB_BUILD_PROFILES</envar> as used by "
2624 "&dpkg-buildpackage; overrides the list notation."
2625 msgstr ""
2626
2627 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2628 #: apt.conf.5.xml:190
2629 msgid ""
2630 "Default release to install packages from if more than one version is "
2631 "available. Contains release name, codename or release version. Examples: "
2632 "'stable', 'testing', 'unstable', '&stable-codename;', '&testing-codename;', "
2633 "'4.0', '5.0*'. See also &apt-preferences;."
2634 msgstr ""
2635
2636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2637 #: apt.conf.5.xml:196
2638 msgid ""
2639 "Ignore held packages; this global option causes the problem resolver to "
2640 "ignore held packages in its decision making."
2641 msgstr ""
2642
2643 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2644 #: apt.conf.5.xml:201
2645 msgid ""
2646 "Defaults to on. When turned on the autoclean feature will remove any "
2647 "packages which can no longer be downloaded from the cache. If turned off "
2648 "then packages that are locally installed are also excluded from cleaning - "
2649 "but note that APT provides no direct means to reinstall them."
2650 msgstr ""
2651
2652 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2653 #: apt.conf.5.xml:209
2654 msgid ""
2655 "Defaults to on, which will cause APT to install essential and important "
2656 "packages as soon as possible in an install/upgrade operation, in order to "
2657 "limit the effect of a failing &dpkg; call. If this option is disabled, APT "
2658 "treats an important package in the same way as an extra package: between the "
2659 "unpacking of the package A and its configuration there can be many other "
2660 "unpack or configuration calls for other unrelated packages B, C etc. If "
2661 "these cause the &dpkg; call to fail (e.g. because package B's maintainer "
2662 "scripts generate an error), this results in a system state in which package "
2663 "A is unpacked but unconfigured - so any package depending on A is now no "
2664 "longer guaranteed to work, as its dependency on A is no longer satisfied."
2665 msgstr ""
2666
2667 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2668 #: apt.conf.5.xml:221
2669 msgid ""
2670 "The immediate configuration marker is also applied in the potentially "
2671 "problematic case of circular dependencies, since a dependency with the "
2672 "immediate flag is equivalent to a Pre-Dependency. In theory this allows APT "
2673 "to recognise a situation in which it is unable to perform immediate "
2674 "configuration, abort, and suggest to the user that the option should be "
2675 "temporarily deactivated in order to allow the operation to proceed. Note "
2676 "the use of the word \"theory\" here; in the real world this problem has "
2677 "rarely been encountered, in non-stable distribution versions, and was caused "
2678 "by wrong dependencies of the package in question or by a system in an "
2679 "already broken state; so you should not blindly disable this option, as the "
2680 "scenario mentioned above is not the only problem it can help to prevent in "
2681 "the first place."
2682 msgstr ""
2683
2684 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2685 #: apt.conf.5.xml:234
2686 msgid ""
2687 "Before a big operation like <literal>dist-upgrade</literal> is run with this "
2688 "option disabled you should try to explicitly <literal>install</literal> the "
2689 "package APT is unable to configure immediately; but please make sure you "
2690 "also report your problem to your distribution and to the APT team with the "
2691 "buglink below, so they can work on improving or correcting the upgrade "
2692 "process."
2693 msgstr ""
2694
2695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2696 #: apt.conf.5.xml:245
2697 msgid ""
2698 "Never enable this option unless you <emphasis>really</emphasis> know what "
2699 "you are doing. It permits APT to temporarily remove an essential package to "
2700 "break a Conflicts/Conflicts or Conflicts/Pre-Depends loop between two "
2701 "essential packages. <emphasis>Such a loop should never exist and is a grave "
2702 "bug</emphasis>. This option will work if the essential packages are not "
2703 "<command>tar</command>, <command>gzip</command>, <command>libc</command>, "
2704 "<command>dpkg</command>, <command>dash</command> or anything that those "
2705 "packages depend on."
2706 msgstr ""
2707
2708 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2709 #: apt.conf.5.xml:257
2710 msgid ""
2711 "APT uses since version 0.7.26 a resizable memory mapped cache file to store "
2712 "the available information. <literal>Cache-Start</literal> acts as a hint of "
2713 "the size the cache will grow to, and is therefore the amount of memory APT "
2714 "will request at startup. The default value is 20971520 bytes (~20 MB). Note "
2715 "that this amount of space needs to be available for APT; otherwise it will "
2716 "likely fail ungracefully, so for memory restricted devices this value should "
2717 "be lowered while on systems with a lot of configured sources it should be "
2718 "increased. <literal>Cache-Grow</literal> defines in bytes with the default "
2719 "of 1048576 (~1 MB) how much the cache size will be increased in the event "
2720 "the space defined by <literal>Cache-Start</literal> is not enough. This "
2721 "value will be applied again and again until either the cache is big enough "
2722 "to store all information or the size of the cache reaches the "
2723 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal>. The default of "
2724 "<literal>Cache-Limit</literal> is 0 which stands for no limit. If "
2725 "<literal>Cache-Grow</literal> is set to 0 the automatic growth of the cache "
2726 "is disabled."
2727 msgstr ""
2728
2729 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2730 #: apt.conf.5.xml:273
2731 msgid "Defines which packages are considered essential build dependencies."
2732 msgstr ""
2733
2734 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2735 #: apt.conf.5.xml:277
2736 msgid ""
2737 "The Get subsection controls the &apt-get; tool; please see its documentation "
2738 "for more information about the options here."
2739 msgstr ""
2740
2741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2742 #: apt.conf.5.xml:282
2743 msgid ""
2744 "The Cache subsection controls the &apt-cache; tool; please see its "
2745 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2746 msgstr ""
2747
2748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2749 #: apt.conf.5.xml:287
2750 msgid ""
2751 "The CDROM subsection controls the &apt-cdrom; tool; please see its "
2752 "documentation for more information about the options here."
2753 msgstr ""
2754
2755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
2756 #: apt.conf.5.xml:293
2757 msgid "The Acquire Group"
2758 msgstr ""
2759
2760 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
2761 #: apt.conf.5.xml:294
2762 msgid ""
2763 "The <literal>Acquire</literal> group of options controls the download of "
2764 "packages as well as the various \"acquire methods\" responsible for the "
2765 "download itself (see also &sources-list;)."
2766 msgstr ""
2767
2768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2769 #: apt.conf.5.xml:301
2770 msgid ""
2771 "Security related option defaulting to true, as giving a Release file's "
2772 "validation an expiration date prevents replay attacks over a long timescale, "
2773 "and can also for example help users to identify mirrors that are no longer "
2774 "updated - but the feature depends on the correctness of the clock on the "
2775 "user system. Archive maintainers are encouraged to create Release files with "
2776 "the <literal>Valid-Until</literal> header, but if they don't or a stricter "
2777 "value is desired the <literal>Max-ValidTime</literal> option below can be "
2778 "used."
2779 msgstr ""
2780
2781 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2782 #: apt.conf.5.xml:314
2783 msgid ""
2784 "Maximum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2785 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2786 "should be considered valid. If the Release file itself includes a "
2787 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header the earlier date of the two is used as "
2788 "the expiration date. The default value is <literal>0</literal> which stands "
2789 "for \"valid forever\". Archive specific settings can be made by appending "
2790 "the label of the archive to the option name."
2791 msgstr ""
2792
2793 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2794 #: apt.conf.5.xml:326
2795 msgid ""
2796 "Minimum time (in seconds) after its creation (as indicated by the "
2797 "<literal>Date</literal> header) that the <filename>Release</filename> file "
2798 "should be considered valid. Use this if you need to use a seldom updated "
2799 "(local) mirror of a more frequently updated archive with a "
2800 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal> header instead of completely disabling the "
2801 "expiration date checking. Archive specific settings can and should be used "
2802 "by appending the label of the archive to the option name."
2803 msgstr ""
2804
2805 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2806 #: apt.conf.5.xml:338
2807 msgid ""
2808 "Try to download deltas called <literal>PDiffs</literal> for indexes (like "
2809 "<filename>Packages</filename> files) instead of downloading whole ones. True "
2810 "by default."
2811 msgstr ""
2812
2813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2814 #: apt.conf.5.xml:341
2815 msgid ""
2816 "Two sub-options to limit the use of PDiffs are also available: "
2817 "<literal>FileLimit</literal> can be used to specify a maximum number of "
2818 "PDiff files should be downloaded to update a "
2819 "file. <literal>SizeLimit</literal> on the other hand is the maximum "
2820 "percentage of the size of all patches compared to the size of the targeted "
2821 "file. If one of these limits is exceeded the complete file is downloaded "
2822 "instead of the patches."
2823 msgstr ""
2824
2825 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2826 #: apt.conf.5.xml:351
2827 msgid ""
2828 "Queuing mode; <literal>Queue-Mode</literal> can be one of "
2829 "<literal>host</literal> or <literal>access</literal> which determines how "
2830 "APT parallelizes outgoing connections. <literal>host</literal> means that "
2831 "one connection per target host will be opened, <literal>access</literal> "
2832 "means that one connection per URI type will be opened."
2833 msgstr ""
2834
2835 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2836 #: apt.conf.5.xml:359
2837 msgid ""
2838 "Number of retries to perform. If this is non-zero APT will retry failed "
2839 "files the given number of times."
2840 msgstr ""
2841
2842 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2843 #: apt.conf.5.xml:364
2844 msgid ""
2845 "Use symlinks for source archives. If set to true then source archives will "
2846 "be symlinked when possible instead of copying. True is the default."
2847 msgstr ""
2848
2849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2850 #: apt.conf.5.xml:369
2851 msgid ""
2852 "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP "
2853 "URIs. It is in the standard form of "
2854 "<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies "
2855 "can also be specified by using the form "
2856 "<literal>http::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
2857 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
2858 "settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment variable will "
2859 "be used."
2860 msgstr ""
2861
2862 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2863 #: apt.conf.5.xml:377
2864 msgid ""
2865 "Three settings are provided for cache control with HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy "
2866 "caches. <literal>No-Cache</literal> tells the proxy not to use its cached "
2867 "response under any circumstances. <literal>Max-Age</literal> sets the "
2868 "allowed maximum age (in seconds) of an index file in the cache of the "
2869 "proxy. <literal>No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not "
2870 "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent "
2871 "the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files."
2872 msgstr ""
2873
2874 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2875 #: apt.conf.5.xml:387 apt.conf.5.xml:475
2876 msgid ""
2877 "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the "
2878 "method; this value applies to the connection as well as the data timeout."
2879 msgstr ""
2880
2881 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2882 #: apt.conf.5.xml:390
2883 msgid ""
2884 "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to "
2885 "enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial "
2886 "e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in "
2887 "a pipeline. Previous APT versions had a default of 10 for this setting, but "
2888 "the default value is now 0 (= disabled) to avoid problems with the "
2889 "ever-growing amount of webservers and proxies which choose to not conform to "
2890 "the HTTP/1.1 specification."
2891 msgstr ""
2892
2893 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2894 #: apt.conf.5.xml:397
2895 msgid ""
2896 "<literal>Acquire::http::AllowRedirect</literal> controls whether APT will "
2897 "follow redirects, which is enabled by default."
2898 msgstr ""
2899
2900 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2901 #: apt.conf.5.xml:400
2902 msgid ""
2903 "The used bandwidth can be limited with "
2904 "<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> which accepts integer values in "
2905 "kilobytes per second. The default value is 0 which deactivates the limit and "
2906 "tries to use all available bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly "
2907 "disables downloading from multiple servers at the same time."
2908 msgstr ""
2909
2910 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2911 #: apt.conf.5.xml:407
2912 msgid ""
2913 "<literal>Acquire::http::User-Agent</literal> can be used to set a different "
2914 "User-Agent for the http download method as some proxies allow access for "
2915 "clients only if the client uses a known identifier."
2916 msgstr ""
2917
2918 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2919 #: apt.conf.5.xml:411
2920 msgid ""
2921 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify "
2922 "an external command to discover the http proxy to use. Apt expects the "
2923 "command to output the proxy on stdout in the style "
2924 "<literal>http://proxy:port/</literal>. This will override the generic "
2925 "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> but not any specific host proxy "
2926 "configuration set via <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::$HOST</literal>. See "
2927 "the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses "
2928 "avahi. This option takes precedence over the legacy option name "
2929 "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>."
2930 msgstr ""
2931
2932 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2933 #: apt.conf.5.xml:429
2934 msgid ""
2935 "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, "
2936 "<literal>AllowRedirect</literal>, <literal>Dl-Limit</literal> and "
2937 "<literal>proxy</literal> options work for HTTPS URIs in the same way as for "
2938 "the <literal>http</literal> method, and default to the same values if they "
2939 "are not explicitly set. The <literal>Pipeline-Depth</literal> option is not "
2940 "yet supported."
2941 msgstr ""
2942
2943 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2944 #: apt.conf.5.xml:437
2945 msgid ""
2946 "<literal>CaInfo</literal> suboption specifies place of file that holds info "
2947 "about trusted certificates. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::CaInfo</literal> is the "
2948 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> boolean "
2949 "suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate should be "
2950 "verified against trusted certificates. "
2951 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
2952 "option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether "
2953 "or not the server's hostname should be verified. "
2954 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host "
2955 "option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for "
2956 "client authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslCert</literal> is the "
2957 "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what "
2958 "private key to use for client "
2959 "authentication. <literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding "
2960 "per-host option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL "
2961 "version to use. It can contain either of the strings "
2962 "'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. "
2963 "<literal>&lt;host&gt;::SslForceVersion</literal> is the corresponding "
2964 "per-host option."
2965 msgstr ""
2966
2967 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2968 #: apt.conf.5.xml:458
2969 msgid ""
2970 "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP URIs. "
2971 "It is in the standard form of "
2972 "<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can "
2973 "also be specified by using the form "
2974 "<literal>ftp::Proxy::&lt;host&gt;</literal> with the special keyword "
2975 "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the above "
2976 "settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable will be "
2977 "used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the "
2978 "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This "
2979 "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to "
2980 "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do "
2981 "this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI "
2982 "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, "
2983 "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, "
2984 "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and "
2985 "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>."
2986 msgstr ""
2987
2988 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2989 #: apt.conf.5.xml:478
2990 msgid ""
2991 "Several settings are provided to control passive mode. Generally it is safe "
2992 "to leave passive mode on; it works in nearly every environment. However, "
2993 "some situations require that passive mode be disabled and port mode FTP used "
2994 "instead. This can be done globally or for connections that go through a "
2995 "proxy or for a specific host (see the sample config file for examples)."
2996 msgstr ""
2997
2998 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
2999 #: apt.conf.5.xml:485
3000 msgid ""
3001 "It is possible to proxy FTP over HTTP by setting the "
3002 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable to an HTTP URL - see the "
3003 "discussion of the http method above for syntax. You cannot set this in the "
3004 "configuration file and it is not recommended to use FTP over HTTP due to its "
3005 "low efficiency."
3006 msgstr ""
3007
3008 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3009 #: apt.conf.5.xml:490
3010 msgid ""
3011 "The setting <literal>ForceExtended</literal> controls the use of RFC2428 "
3012 "<literal>EPSV</literal> and <literal>EPRT</literal> commands. The default is "
3013 "false, which means these commands are only used if the control connection is "
3014 "IPv6. Setting this to true forces their use even on IPv4 connections. Note "
3015 "that most FTP servers do not support RFC2428."
3016 msgstr ""
3017
3018 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3019 #: apt.conf.5.xml:504
3020 #, no-wrap
3021 msgid "/cdrom/::Mount \"foo\";"
3022 msgstr ""
3023
3024 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3025 #: apt.conf.5.xml:499
3026 msgid ""
3027 "For URIs using the <literal>cdrom</literal> method, the only configurable "
3028 "option is the mount point, <literal>cdrom::Mount</literal>, which must be "
3029 "the mount point for the CD-ROM (or DVD, or whatever) drive as specified in "
3030 "<filename>/etc/fstab</filename>. It is possible to provide alternate mount "
3031 "and unmount commands if your mount point cannot be listed in the fstab. The "
3032 "syntax is to put <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> within the "
3033 "<literal>cdrom</literal> block. It is important to have the trailing slash. "
3034 "Unmount commands can be specified using UMount."
3035 msgstr ""
3036
3037 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3038 #: apt.conf.5.xml:512
3039 msgid ""
3040 "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is "
3041 "<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, which passes additional parameters to "
3042 "gpgv."
3043 msgstr ""
3044
3045 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3046 #: apt.conf.5.xml:523
3047 #, no-wrap
3048 msgid ""
3049 "Acquire::CompressionTypes::<replaceable>FileExtension</replaceable> "
3050 "\"<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable>\";"
3051 msgstr ""
3052
3053 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3054 #: apt.conf.5.xml:518
3055 msgid ""
3056 "List of compression types which are understood by the acquire methods. "
3057 "Files like <filename>Packages</filename> can be available in various "
3058 "compression formats. By default the acquire methods can decompress "
3059 "<command>bzip2</command>, <command>lzma</command> and "
3060 "<command>gzip</command> compressed files; with this setting more formats can "
3061 "be added on the fly or the used method can be changed. The syntax for this "
3062 "is: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>"
3063 msgstr ""
3064
3065 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3066 #: apt.conf.5.xml:528
3067 #, no-wrap
3068 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order:: \"gz\";"
3069 msgstr ""
3070
3071 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis>
3072 #: apt.conf.5.xml:531
3073 #, no-wrap
3074 msgid "Acquire::CompressionTypes::Order { \"lzma\"; \"gz\"; };"
3075 msgstr ""
3076
3077 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3078 #: apt.conf.5.xml:524
3079 msgid ""
3080 "Also, the <literal>Order</literal> subgroup can be used to define in which "
3081 "order the acquire system will try to download the compressed files. The "
3082 "acquire system will try the first and proceed with the next compression type "
3083 "in this list on error, so to prefer one over the other type simply add the "
3084 "preferred type first - default types not already added will be implicitly "
3085 "appended to the end of the list, so e.g. <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" "
3086 "id=\"0\"/> can be used to prefer <command>gzip</command> compressed files "
3087 "over <command>bzip2</command> and <command>lzma</command>. If "
3088 "<command>lzma</command> should be preferred over <command>gzip</command> and "
3089 "<command>bzip2</command> the configure setting should look like this: "
3090 "<placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"1\"/> It is not needed to add "
3091 "<literal>bz2</literal> to the list explicitly as it will be added "
3092 "automatically."
3093 msgstr ""
3094
3095 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3096 #: apt.conf.5.xml:538
3097 #, no-wrap
3098 msgid "Dir::Bin::bzip2 \"/bin/bzip2\";"
3099 msgstr ""
3100
3101 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3102 #: apt.conf.5.xml:533
3103 msgid ""
3104 "Note that the "
3105 "<literal>Dir::Bin::<replaceable>Methodname</replaceable></literal> will be "
3106 "checked at run time. If this option has been set, the method will only be "
3107 "used if this file exists; e.g. for the <literal>bzip2</literal> method (the "
3108 "inbuilt) setting is: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> Note "
3109 "also that list entries specified on the command line will be added at the "
3110 "end of the list specified in the configuration files, but before the default "
3111 "entries. To prefer a type in this case over the ones specified in the "
3112 "configuration files you can set the option direct - not in list style. This "
3113 "will not override the defined list; it will only prefix the list with this "
3114 "type."
3115 msgstr ""
3116
3117 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3118 #: apt.conf.5.xml:543
3119 msgid ""
3120 "The special type <literal>uncompressed</literal> can be used to give "
3121 "uncompressed files a preference, but note that most archives don't provide "
3122 "uncompressed files so this is mostly only useable for local mirrors."
3123 msgstr ""
3124
3125 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3126 #: apt.conf.5.xml:550
3127 msgid ""
3128 "When downloading <literal>gzip</literal> compressed indexes (Packages, "
3129 "Sources, or Translations), keep them gzip compressed locally instead of "
3130 "unpacking them. This saves quite a lot of disk space at the expense of more "
3131 "CPU requirements when building the local package caches. False by default."
3132 msgstr ""
3133
3134 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3135 #: apt.conf.5.xml:558
3136 msgid ""
3137 "The Languages subsection controls which <filename>Translation</filename> "
3138 "files are downloaded and in which order APT tries to display the "
3139 "description-translations. APT will try to display the first available "
3140 "description in the language which is listed first. Languages can be defined "
3141 "with their short or long language codes. Note that not all archives provide "
3142 "<filename>Translation</filename> files for every language - the long "
3143 "language codes are especially rare."
3144 msgstr ""
3145
3146 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><programlisting>
3147 #: apt.conf.5.xml:575
3148 #, no-wrap
3149 msgid "Acquire::Languages { \"environment\"; \"de\"; \"en\"; \"none\"; \"fr\"; };"
3150 msgstr ""
3151
3152 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3153 #: apt.conf.5.xml:563
3154 msgid ""
3155 "The default list includes \"environment\" and "
3156 "\"en\". \"<literal>environment</literal>\" has a special meaning here: it "
3157 "will be replaced at runtime with the language codes extracted from the "
3158 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> environment variable. It will also ensure "
3159 "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If "
3160 "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the "
3161 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To "
3162 "force APT to use no Translation file use the setting "
3163 "<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is "
3164 "another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable "
3165 "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these "
3166 "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment "
3167 "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result "
3168 "in the order \"en, de\" in an English locale or \"de, en\" in a German "
3169 "one. Note that \"fr\" is downloaded, but not used unless APT is used in a "
3170 "French locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder "
3171 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
3172 msgstr ""
3173
3174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3175 #: apt.conf.5.xml:576
3176 msgid ""
3177 "Note: To prevent problems resulting from APT being executed in different "
3178 "environments (e.g. by different users or by other programs) all Translation "
3179 "files which are found in <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists/</filename> will be "
3180 "added to the end of the list (after an implicit "
3181 "\"<literal>none</literal>\")."
3182 msgstr ""
3183
3184 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3185 #: apt.conf.5.xml:585
3186 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv4 protocol."
3187 msgstr ""
3188
3189 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3190 #: apt.conf.5.xml:591
3191 msgid "When downloading, force to use only the IPv6 protocol."
3192 msgstr ""
3193
3194 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3195 #: apt.conf.5.xml:598
3196 msgid "Directories"
3197 msgstr ""
3198
3199 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3200 #: apt.conf.5.xml:600
3201 msgid ""
3202 "The <literal>Dir::State</literal> section has directories that pertain to "
3203 "local state information. <literal>lists</literal> is the directory to place "
3204 "downloaded package lists in and <literal>status</literal> is the name of the "
3205 "&dpkg; status file. <literal>preferences</literal> is the name of the APT "
3206 "<filename>preferences</filename> file. <literal>Dir::State</literal> "
3207 "contains the default directory to prefix on all sub-items if they do not "
3208 "start with <filename>/</filename> or <filename>./</filename>."
3209 msgstr ""
3210
3211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3212 #: apt.conf.5.xml:607
3213 msgid ""
3214 "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contains locations pertaining to local cache "
3215 "information, such as the two package caches <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> "
3216 "and <literal>pkgcache</literal> as well as the location to place downloaded "
3217 "archives, <literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. Generation of caches can "
3218 "be turned off by setting their names to the empty string. This will slow "
3219 "down startup but save disk space. It is probably preferable to turn off the "
3220 "pkgcache rather than the srcpkgcache. Like <literal>Dir::State</literal> the "
3221 "default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>"
3222 msgstr ""
3223
3224 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3225 #: apt.conf.5.xml:616
3226 msgid ""
3227 "<literal>Dir::Etc</literal> contains the location of configuration files, "
3228 "<literal>sourcelist</literal> gives the location of the sourcelist and "
3229 "<literal>main</literal> is the default configuration file (setting has no "
3230 "effect, unless it is done from the config file specified by "
3231 "<envar>APT_CONFIG</envar>)."
3232 msgstr ""
3233
3234 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3235 #: apt.conf.5.xml:622
3236 msgid ""
3237 "The <literal>Dir::Parts</literal> setting reads in all the config fragments "
3238 "in lexical order from the directory specified. After this is done then the "
3239 "main config file is loaded."
3240 msgstr ""
3241
3242 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3243 #: apt.conf.5.xml:626
3244 msgid ""
3245 "Binary programs are pointed to by "
3246 "<literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies "
3247 "the location of the method handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, "
3248 "<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, "
3249 "<literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> "
3250 "<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</literal> "
3251 "specify the location of the respective programs."
3252 msgstr ""
3253
3254 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3255 #: apt.conf.5.xml:634
3256 msgid ""
3257 "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If "
3258 "set, all paths in <literal>Dir::</literal> will be relative to "
3259 "<literal>RootDir</literal>, <emphasis>even paths that are specified "
3260 "absolutely</emphasis>. So, for instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> is "
3261 "set to <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and "
3262 "<literal>Dir::State::status</literal> is set to "
3263 "<filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, then the status file will be "
3264 "looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>."
3265 msgstr ""
3266
3267 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3268 #: apt.conf.5.xml:647
3269 msgid ""
3270 "The <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> list can be used to specify "
3271 "which files APT should silently ignore while parsing the files in the "
3272 "fragment directories. Per default a file which end with "
3273 "<literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>.bak</literal> "
3274 "or <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> is silently ignored. As seen in the last "
3275 "default value these patterns can use regular expression syntax."
3276 msgstr ""
3277
3278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3279 #: apt.conf.5.xml:656
3280 msgid "APT in DSelect"
3281 msgstr ""
3282
3283 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3284 #: apt.conf.5.xml:658
3285 msgid ""
3286 "When APT is used as a &dselect; method several configuration directives "
3287 "control the default behavior. These are in the <literal>DSelect</literal> "
3288 "section."
3289 msgstr ""
3290
3291 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3292 #: apt.conf.5.xml:663
3293 msgid ""
3294 "Cache Clean mode; this value may be one of <literal>always</literal>, "
3295 "<literal>prompt</literal>, <literal>auto</literal>, "
3296 "<literal>pre-auto</literal> and <literal>never</literal>. "
3297 "<literal>always</literal> and <literal>prompt</literal> will remove all "
3298 "packages from the cache after upgrading, <literal>prompt</literal> (the "
3299 "default) does so conditionally. <literal>auto</literal> removes only those "
3300 "packages which are no longer downloadable (replaced with a new version for "
3301 "instance). <literal>pre-auto</literal> performs this action before "
3302 "downloading new packages."
3303 msgstr ""
3304
3305 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3306 #: apt.conf.5.xml:677
3307 msgid ""
3308 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3309 "options when it is run for the install phase."
3310 msgstr ""
3311
3312 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3313 #: apt.conf.5.xml:682
3314 msgid ""
3315 "The contents of this variable are passed to &apt-get; as command line "
3316 "options when it is run for the update phase."
3317 msgstr ""
3318
3319 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3320 #: apt.conf.5.xml:687
3321 msgid ""
3322 "If true the [U]pdate operation in &dselect; will always prompt to continue. "
3323 "The default is to prompt only on error."
3324 msgstr ""
3325
3326 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3327 #: apt.conf.5.xml:693
3328 msgid "How APT calls &dpkg;"
3329 msgstr ""
3330
3331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3332 #: apt.conf.5.xml:694
3333 msgid ""
3334 "Several configuration directives control how APT invokes &dpkg;. These are "
3335 "in the <literal>DPkg</literal> section."
3336 msgstr ""
3337
3338 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3339 #: apt.conf.5.xml:699
3340 msgid ""
3341 "This is a list of options to pass to &dpkg;. The options must be specified "
3342 "using the list notation and each list item is passed as a single argument to "
3343 "&dpkg;."
3344 msgstr ""
3345
3346 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3347 #: apt.conf.5.xml:705
3348 msgid ""
3349 "This is a list of shell commands to run before/after invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3350 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3351 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3352 "fail APT will abort."
3353 msgstr ""
3354
3355 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3356 #: apt.conf.5.xml:712
3357 msgid ""
3358 "This is a list of shell commands to run before invoking &dpkg;. Like "
3359 "<literal>options</literal> this must be specified in list notation. The "
3360 "commands are invoked in order using <filename>/bin/sh</filename>; should any "
3361 "fail APT will abort. APT will pass the filenames of all .deb files it is "
3362 "going to install to the commands, one per line on the requested file "
3363 "descriptor, defaulting to standard input."
3364 msgstr ""
3365
3366 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3367 #: apt.conf.5.xml:719
3368 msgid ""
3369 "Version 2 of this protocol dumps more information, including the protocol "
3370 "version, the APT configuration space and the packages, files and versions "
3371 "being changed. Version 3 adds the architecture and "
3372 "<literal>MultiArch</literal> flag to each version being dumped."
3373 msgstr ""
3374
3375 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3376 #: apt.conf.5.xml:724
3377 msgid ""
3378 "The version of the protocol to be used for the command "
3379 "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> can be chosen by setting "
3380 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> "
3381 "accordingly, the default being version 1. If APT isn't supporting the "
3382 "requested version it will send the information in the highest version it has "
3383 "support for instead."
3384 msgstr ""
3385
3386 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3387 #: apt.conf.5.xml:731
3388 msgid ""
3389 "The file descriptor to be used to send the information can be requested with "
3390 "<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> "
3391 "which defaults to <literal>0</literal> for standard input and is available "
3392 "since version 0.9.11. Support for the option can be detected by looking for "
3393 "the environment variable <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> which contains the "
3394 "number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation."
3395 msgstr ""
3396
3397 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3398 #: apt.conf.5.xml:741
3399 msgid ""
3400 "APT chdirs to this directory before invoking &dpkg;, the default is "
3401 "<filename>/</filename>."
3402 msgstr ""
3403
3404 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3405 #: apt.conf.5.xml:746
3406 msgid ""
3407 "These options are passed to &dpkg-buildpackage; when compiling packages; the "
3408 "default is to disable signing and produce all binaries."
3409 msgstr ""
3410
3411 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3412 #: apt.conf.5.xml:751
3413 msgid "dpkg trigger usage (and related options)"
3414 msgstr ""
3415
3416 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3417 #: apt.conf.5.xml:752
3418 msgid ""
3419 "APT can call &dpkg; in such a way as to let it make aggressive use of "
3420 "triggers over multiple calls of &dpkg;. Without further options &dpkg; will "
3421 "use triggers once each time it runs. Activating these options can therefore "
3422 "decrease the time needed to perform the install or upgrade. Note that it is "
3423 "intended to activate these options per default in the future, but as it "
3424 "drastically changes the way APT calls &dpkg; it needs a lot more testing. "
3425 "<emphasis>These options are therefore currently experimental and should not "
3426 "be used in production environments.</emphasis> It also breaks progress "
3427 "reporting such that all front-ends will currently stay around half (or more) "
3428 "of the time in the 100% state while it actually configures all packages."
3429 msgstr ""
3430
3431 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><literallayout>
3432 #: apt.conf.5.xml:767
3433 #, no-wrap
3434 msgid ""
3435 "DPkg::NoTriggers \"true\";\n"
3436 "PackageManager::Configure \"smart\";\n"
3437 "DPkg::ConfigurePending \"true\";\n"
3438 "DPkg::TriggersPending \"true\";"
3439 msgstr ""
3440
3441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3442 #: apt.conf.5.xml:761
3443 msgid ""
3444 "Note that it is not guaranteed that APT will support these options or that "
3445 "these options will not cause (big) trouble in the future. If you have "
3446 "understand the current risks and problems with these options, but are brave "
3447 "enough to help testing them, create a new configuration file and test a "
3448 "combination of options. Please report any bugs, problems and improvements "
3449 "you encounter and make sure to note which options you have used in your "
3450 "reports. Asking &dpkg; for help could also be useful for debugging proposes, "
3451 "see e.g. <command>dpkg --audit</command>. A defensive option combination "
3452 "would be <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3453 msgstr ""
3454
3455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3456 #: apt.conf.5.xml:774
3457 msgid ""
3458 "Add the no triggers flag to all &dpkg; calls (except the ConfigurePending "
3459 "call). See &dpkg; if you are interested in what this actually means. In "
3460 "short: &dpkg; will not run the triggers when this flag is present unless it "
3461 "is explicitly called to do so in an extra call. Note that this option "
3462 "exists (undocumented) also in older APT versions with a slightly different "
3463 "meaning: Previously these option only append --no-triggers to the configure "
3464 "calls to &dpkg; - now APT will also add this flag to the unpack and remove "
3465 "calls."
3466 msgstr ""
3467
3468 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3469 #: apt.conf.5.xml:782
3470 msgid ""
3471 "Valid values are \"<literal>all</literal>\", \"<literal>smart</literal>\" "
3472 "and \"<literal>no</literal>\". The default value is "
3473 "\"<literal>all</literal>\", which causes APT to configure all packages. The "
3474 "\"<literal>smart</literal>\" way is to configure only packages which need to "
3475 "be configured before another package can be unpacked (Pre-Depends), and let "
3476 "the rest be configured by &dpkg; with a call generated by the "
3477 "ConfigurePending option (see below). On the other hand, "
3478 "\"<literal>no</literal>\" will not configure anything, and totally relies on "
3479 "&dpkg; for configuration (which at the moment will fail if a Pre-Depends is "
3480 "encountered). Setting this option to any value other than "
3481 "<literal>all</literal> will implicitly also activate the next option by "
3482 "default, as otherwise the system could end in an unconfigured and "
3483 "potentially unbootable state."
3484 msgstr ""
3485
3486 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3487 #: apt.conf.5.xml:797
3488 msgid ""
3489 "If this option is set APT will call <command>dpkg --configure "
3490 "--pending</command> to let &dpkg; handle all required configurations and "
3491 "triggers. This option is activated automatically per default if the previous "
3492 "option is not set to <literal>all</literal>, but deactivating it could be "
3493 "useful if you want to run APT multiple times in a row - e.g. in an "
3494 "installer. In these sceneries you could deactivate this option in all but "
3495 "the last run."
3496 msgstr ""
3497
3498 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3499 #: apt.conf.5.xml:804
3500 msgid ""
3501 "Useful for the <literal>smart</literal> configuration as a package which has "
3502 "pending triggers is not considered as <literal>installed</literal>, and "
3503 "&dpkg; treats them as <literal>unpacked</literal> currently which is a "
3504 "showstopper for Pre-Dependencies (see debbugs #526774). Note that this will "
3505 "process all triggers, not only the triggers needed to configure this "
3506 "package."
3507 msgstr ""
3508
3509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><literallayout>
3510 #: apt.conf.5.xml:817
3511 #, no-wrap
3512 msgid ""
3513 "OrderList::Score {\n"
3514 "\tDelete 500;\n"
3515 "\tEssential 200;\n"
3516 "\tImmediate 10;\n"
3517 "\tPreDepends 50;\n"
3518 "};"
3519 msgstr ""
3520
3521 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3522 #: apt.conf.5.xml:810
3523 msgid ""
3524 "Essential packages (and their dependencies) should be configured immediately "
3525 "after unpacking. It is a good idea to do this quite early in the upgrade "
3526 "process as these configure calls also currently require "
3527 "<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal> which will run quite a few triggers "
3528 "(which may not be needed). Essentials get per default a high score but the "
3529 "immediate flag is relatively low (a package which has a Pre-Depends is rated "
3530 "higher). These option and the others in the same group can be used to "
3531 "change the scoring. The following example shows the settings with their "
3532 "default values. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
3533 msgstr ""
3534
3535 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3536 #: apt.conf.5.xml:830
3537 msgid "Periodic and Archives options"
3538 msgstr ""
3539
3540 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3541 #: apt.conf.5.xml:831
3542 msgid ""
3543 "<literal>APT::Periodic</literal> and <literal>APT::Archives</literal> groups "
3544 "of options configure behavior of apt periodic updates, which is done by the "
3545 "<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal> script. See the top of this script "
3546 "for the brief documentation of these options."
3547 msgstr ""
3548
3549 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3550 #: apt.conf.5.xml:839
3551 msgid "Debug options"
3552 msgstr ""
3553
3554 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3555 #: apt.conf.5.xml:841
3556 msgid ""
3557 "Enabling options in the <literal>Debug::</literal> section will cause "
3558 "debugging information to be sent to the standard error stream of the program "
3559 "utilizing the <literal>apt</literal> libraries, or enable special program "
3560 "modes that are primarily useful for debugging the behavior of "
3561 "<literal>apt</literal>. Most of these options are not interesting to a "
3562 "normal user, but a few may be:"
3563 msgstr ""
3564
3565 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3566 #: apt.conf.5.xml:852
3567 msgid ""
3568 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> enables output about the "
3569 "decisions made by <literal>dist-upgrade, upgrade, install, remove, "
3570 "purge</literal>."
3571 msgstr ""
3572
3573 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3574 #: apt.conf.5.xml:860
3575 msgid ""
3576 "<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal> disables all file locking. This can be "
3577 "used to run some operations (for instance, <literal>apt-get -s "
3578 "install</literal>) as a non-root user."
3579 msgstr ""
3580
3581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3582 #: apt.conf.5.xml:869
3583 msgid ""
3584 "<literal>Debug::pkgDPkgPM</literal> prints out the actual command line each "
3585 "time that <literal>apt</literal> invokes &dpkg;."
3586 msgstr ""
3587
3588 #. TODO: provide a
3589 #. motivating example, except I haven't a clue why you'd want
3590 #. to do this.
3591 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
3592 #: apt.conf.5.xml:877
3593 msgid ""
3594 "<literal>Debug::IdentCdrom</literal> disables the inclusion of statfs data "
3595 "in CD-ROM IDs."
3596 msgstr ""
3597
3598 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3599 #: apt.conf.5.xml:887
3600 msgid "A full list of debugging options to apt follows."
3601 msgstr ""
3602
3603 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3604 #: apt.conf.5.xml:896
3605 msgid "Print information related to accessing <literal>cdrom://</literal> sources."
3606 msgstr ""
3607
3608 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3609 #: apt.conf.5.xml:907
3610 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using FTP."
3611 msgstr ""
3612
3613 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3614 #: apt.conf.5.xml:918
3615 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTP."
3616 msgstr ""
3617
3618 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3619 #: apt.conf.5.xml:929
3620 msgid "Print information related to downloading packages using HTTPS."
3621 msgstr ""
3622
3623 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3624 #: apt.conf.5.xml:940
3625 msgid ""
3626 "Print information related to verifying cryptographic signatures using "
3627 "<literal>gpg</literal>."
3628 msgstr ""
3629
3630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3631 #: apt.conf.5.xml:951
3632 msgid ""
3633 "Output information about the process of accessing collections of packages "
3634 "stored on CD-ROMs."
3635 msgstr ""
3636
3637 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3638 #: apt.conf.5.xml:961
3639 msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;."
3640 msgstr ""
3641
3642 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3643 #: apt.conf.5.xml:971
3644 msgid ""
3645 "Output each cryptographic hash that is generated by the "
3646 "<literal>apt</literal> libraries."
3647 msgstr ""
3648
3649 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3650 #: apt.conf.5.xml:981
3651 msgid ""
3652 "Do not include information from <literal>statfs</literal>, namely the number "
3653 "of used and free blocks on the CD-ROM filesystem, when generating an ID for "
3654 "a CD-ROM."
3655 msgstr ""
3656
3657 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3658 #: apt.conf.5.xml:992
3659 msgid ""
3660 "Disable all file locking. For instance, this will allow two instances of "
3661 "<quote><literal>apt-get update</literal></quote> to run at the same time."
3662 msgstr ""
3663
3664 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3665 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1004
3666 msgid "Log when items are added to or removed from the global download queue."
3667 msgstr ""
3668
3669 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3670 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1014
3671 msgid ""
3672 "Output status messages and errors related to verifying checksums and "
3673 "cryptographic signatures of downloaded files."
3674 msgstr ""
3675
3676 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3677 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1024
3678 msgid ""
3679 "Output information about downloading and applying package index list diffs, "
3680 "and errors relating to package index list diffs."
3681 msgstr ""
3682
3683 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3684 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1036
3685 msgid ""
3686 "Output information related to patching apt package lists when downloading "
3687 "index diffs instead of full indices."
3688 msgstr ""
3689
3690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3691 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1047
3692 msgid "Log all interactions with the sub-processes that actually perform downloads."
3693 msgstr ""
3694
3695 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3696 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1058
3697 msgid ""
3698 "Log events related to the automatically-installed status of packages and to "
3699 "the removal of unused packages."
3700 msgstr ""
3701
3702 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3703 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1068
3704 msgid ""
3705 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically "
3706 "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial "
3707 "auto-install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, "
3708 "and not to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see "
3709 "<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that."
3710 msgstr ""
3711
3712 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3713 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1082
3714 msgid ""
3715 "Generate debug messages describing which packages are marked as "
3716 "keep/install/remove while the ProblemResolver does his work. Each addition "
3717 "or deletion may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two "
3718 "additional spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is "
3719 "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or "
3720 "<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name &lt;a.b.c "
3721 "-&gt; d.e.f | x.y.z&gt; (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> "
3722 "is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the "
3723 "version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer "
3724 "version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin "
3725 "score). The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same "
3726 "as the installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the "
3727 "section the package appears in."
3728 msgstr ""
3729
3730 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3731 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1103
3732 msgid ""
3733 "When invoking &dpkg;, output the precise command line with which it is being "
3734 "invoked, with arguments separated by a single space character."
3735 msgstr ""
3736
3737 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3738 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1114
3739 msgid ""
3740 "Output all the data received from &dpkg; on the status file descriptor and "
3741 "any errors encountered while parsing it."
3742 msgstr ""
3743
3744 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3745 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1125
3746 msgid ""
3747 "Generate a trace of the algorithm that decides the order in which "
3748 "<literal>apt</literal> should pass packages to &dpkg;."
3749 msgstr ""
3750
3751 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3752 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1137
3753 msgid "Output status messages tracing the steps performed when invoking &dpkg;."
3754 msgstr ""
3755
3756 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3757 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1148
3758 msgid "Output the priority of each package list on startup."
3759 msgstr ""
3760
3761 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3762 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1158
3763 msgid ""
3764 "Trace the execution of the dependency resolver (this applies only to what "
3765 "happens when a complex dependency problem is encountered)."
3766 msgstr ""
3767
3768 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3769 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1169
3770 msgid ""
3771 "Display a list of all installed packages with their calculated score used by "
3772 "the pkgProblemResolver. The description of the package is the same as "
3773 "described in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal>"
3774 msgstr ""
3775
3776 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3777 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1181
3778 msgid ""
3779 "Print information about the vendors read from "
3780 "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename>."
3781 msgstr ""
3782
3783 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
3784 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1191
3785 msgid ""
3786 "Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes "
3787 "e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or "
3788 "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>."
3789 msgstr ""
3790
3791 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
3792 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1215 apt_preferences.5.xml:547 sources.list.5.xml:239 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:598
3793 msgid "Examples"
3794 msgstr ""
3795
3796 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3797 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1216
3798 msgid ""
3799 "&configureindex; is a configuration file showing example values for all "
3800 "possible options."
3801 msgstr ""
3802
3803 #. ? reading apt.conf
3804 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3805 #: apt.conf.5.xml:1228
3806 msgid "&apt-cache;, &apt-config;, &apt-preferences;."
3807 msgstr ""
3808
3809 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
3810 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:34
3811 msgid "Preference control file for APT"
3812 msgstr ""
3813
3814 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3815 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:39
3816 msgid ""
3817 "The APT preferences file <filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> and the "
3818 "fragment files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d/</filename> folder "
3819 "can be used to control which versions of packages will be selected for "
3820 "installation."
3821 msgstr ""
3822
3823 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3824 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:44
3825 msgid ""
3826 "Several versions of a package may be available for installation when the "
3827 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one distribution (for "
3828 "example, <literal>stable</literal> and <literal>testing</literal>). APT "
3829 "assigns a priority to each version that is available. Subject to dependency "
3830 "constraints, <command>apt-get</command> selects the version with the highest "
3831 "priority for installation. The APT preferences override the priorities that "
3832 "APT assigns to package versions by default, thus giving the user control "
3833 "over which one is selected for installation."
3834 msgstr ""
3835
3836 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3837 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:54
3838 msgid ""
3839 "Several instances of the same version of a package may be available when the "
3840 "&sources-list; file contains references to more than one source. In this "
3841 "case <command>apt-get</command> downloads the instance listed earliest in "
3842 "the &sources-list; file. The APT preferences do not affect the choice of "
3843 "instance, only the choice of version."
3844 msgstr ""
3845
3846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3847 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:61
3848 msgid ""
3849 "Preferences are a strong power in the hands of a system administrator but "
3850 "they can become also their biggest nightmare if used without care! APT will "
3851 "not question the preferences, so wrong settings can lead to uninstallable "
3852 "packages or wrong decisions while upgrading packages. Even more problems "
3853 "will arise if multiple distribution releases are mixed without a good "
3854 "understanding of the following paragraphs. Packages included in a specific "
3855 "release aren't tested in (and therefore don't always work as expected in) "
3856 "older or newer releases, or together with other packages from different "
3857 "releases. You have been warned."
3858 msgstr ""
3859
3860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
3861 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:72
3862 msgid ""
3863 "Note that the files in the <filename>/etc/apt/preferences.d</filename> "
3864 "directory are parsed in alphanumeric ascending order and need to obey the "
3865 "following naming convention: The files have either no or "
3866 "\"<literal>pref</literal>\" as filename extension and only contain "
3867 "alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) and period (.) characters. "
3868 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
3869 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
3870 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
3871 msgstr ""
3872
3873 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
3874 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:81
3875 msgid "APT's Default Priority Assignments"
3876 msgstr ""
3877
3878 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
3879 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:96
3880 #, no-wrap
3881 msgid ""
3882 "<command>apt-get install -t testing "
3883 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command>\n"
3884 msgstr ""
3885
3886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
3887 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:99
3888 #, no-wrap
3889 msgid "APT::Default-Release \"stable\";\n"
3890 msgstr ""
3891
3892 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3893 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:83
3894 msgid ""
3895 "If there is no preferences file or if there is no entry in the file that "
3896 "applies to a particular version then the priority assigned to that version "
3897 "is the priority of the distribution to which that version belongs. It is "
3898 "possible to single out a distribution, \"the target release\", which "
3899 "receives a higher priority than other distributions do by default. The "
3900 "target release can be set on the <command>apt-get</command> command line or "
3901 "in the APT configuration file <filename>/etc/apt/apt.conf</filename>. Note "
3902 "that this has precedence over any general priority you set in the "
3903 "<filename>/etc/apt/preferences</filename> file described later, but not over "
3904 "specifically pinned packages. For example, <placeholder "
3905 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
3906 "id=\"1\"/>"
3907 msgstr ""
3908
3909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3910 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:103
3911 msgid ""
3912 "If the target release has been specified then APT uses the following "
3913 "algorithm to set the priorities of the versions of a package. Assign:"
3914 msgstr ""
3915
3916 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3917 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:108
3918 msgid "priority 1"
3919 msgstr ""
3920
3921 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3922 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:109
3923 msgid ""
3924 "to the versions coming from archives which in their "
3925 "<filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" but "
3926 "<emphasis>not</emphasis> as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
3927 "<literal>experimental</literal> archive."
3928 msgstr ""
3929
3930 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3931 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:115
3932 msgid "priority 100"
3933 msgstr ""
3934
3935 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3936 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:116
3937 msgid ""
3938 "to the version that is already installed (if any) and to the versions coming "
3939 "from archives which in their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked "
3940 "as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" and \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" like the Debian "
3941 "backports archive since <literal>squeeze-backports</literal>."
3942 msgstr ""
3943
3944 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3945 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:123
3946 msgid "priority 500"
3947 msgstr ""
3948
3949 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3950 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:124
3951 msgid ""
3952 "to the versions that are not installed and do not belong to the target "
3953 "release."
3954 msgstr ""
3955
3956 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
3957 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:128
3958 msgid "priority 990"
3959 msgstr ""
3960
3961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
3962 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:129
3963 msgid "to the versions that are not installed and belong to the target release."
3964 msgstr ""
3965
3966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3967 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:134
3968 msgid ""
3969 "If the target release has not been specified then APT simply assigns "
3970 "priority 100 to all installed package versions and priority 500 to all "
3971 "uninstalled package versions, except versions coming from archives which in "
3972 "their <filename>Release</filename> files are marked as \"NotAutomatic: yes\" "
3973 "- these versions get the priority 1 or priority 100 if it is additionally "
3974 "marked as \"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\"."
3975 msgstr ""
3976
3977 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
3978 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:141
3979 msgid ""
3980 "APT then applies the following rules, listed in order of precedence, to "
3981 "determine which version of a package to install."
3982 msgstr ""
3983
3984 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3985 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:144
3986 msgid ""
3987 "Never downgrade unless the priority of an available version exceeds 1000. "
3988 "(\"Downgrading\" is installing a less recent version of a package in place "
3989 "of a more recent version. Note that none of APT's default priorities "
3990 "exceeds 1000; such high priorities can only be set in the preferences file. "
3991 "Note also that downgrading a package can be risky.)"
3992 msgstr ""
3993
3994 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
3995 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:150
3996 msgid "Install the highest priority version."
3997 msgstr ""
3998
3999 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4000 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:151
4001 msgid ""
4002 "If two or more versions have the same priority, install the most recent one "
4003 "(that is, the one with the higher version number)."
4004 msgstr ""
4005
4006 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4007 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:154
4008 msgid ""
4009 "If two or more versions have the same priority and version number but either "
4010 "the packages differ in some of their metadata or the "
4011 "<literal>--reinstall</literal> option is given, install the uninstalled one."
4012 msgstr ""
4013
4014 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4015 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:160
4016 msgid ""
4017 "In a typical situation, the installed version of a package (priority 100) "
4018 "is not as recent as one of the versions available from the sources listed in "
4019 "the &sources-list; file (priority 500 or 990). Then the package will be "
4020 "upgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4021 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4022 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4023 msgstr ""
4024
4025 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4026 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:167
4027 msgid ""
4028 "More rarely, the installed version of a package is <emphasis>more</emphasis> "
4029 "recent than any of the other available versions. The package will not be "
4030 "downgraded when <command>apt-get install "
4031 "<replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> or <command>apt-get "
4032 "upgrade</command> is executed."
4033 msgstr ""
4034
4035 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4036 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:172
4037 msgid ""
4038 "Sometimes the installed version of a package is more recent than the version "
4039 "belonging to the target release, but not as recent as a version belonging to "
4040 "some other distribution. Such a package will indeed be upgraded when "
4041 "<command>apt-get install <replaceable>some-package</replaceable></command> "
4042 "or <command>apt-get upgrade</command> is executed, because at least "
4043 "<emphasis>one</emphasis> of the available versions has a higher priority "
4044 "than the installed version."
4045 msgstr ""
4046
4047 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4048 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:181
4049 msgid "The Effect of APT Preferences"
4050 msgstr ""
4051
4052 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4053 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:183
4054 msgid ""
4055 "The APT preferences file allows the system administrator to control the "
4056 "assignment of priorities. The file consists of one or more multi-line "
4057 "records separated by blank lines. Records can have one of two forms, a "
4058 "specific form and a general form."
4059 msgstr ""
4060
4061 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4062 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:189
4063 msgid ""
4064 "The specific form assigns a priority (a \"Pin-Priority\") to one or more "
4065 "specified packages with a specified version or version range. For example, "
4066 "the following record assigns a high priority to all versions of the "
4067 "<filename>perl</filename> package whose version number begins with "
4068 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". Multiple packages can be separated by "
4069 "spaces."
4070 msgstr ""
4071
4072 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4073 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:196
4074 #, no-wrap
4075 msgid ""
4076 "Package: perl\n"
4077 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4078 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4079 msgstr ""
4080
4081 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4082 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:202
4083 msgid ""
4084 "The general form assigns a priority to all of the package versions in a "
4085 "given distribution (that is, to all the versions of packages that are listed "
4086 "in a certain <filename>Release</filename> file) or to all of the package "
4087 "versions coming from a particular Internet site, as identified by the site's "
4088 "fully qualified domain name."
4089 msgstr ""
4090
4091 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4092 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:208
4093 msgid ""
4094 "This general-form entry in the APT preferences file applies only to groups "
4095 "of packages. For example, the following record assigns a high priority to "
4096 "all package versions available from the local site."
4097 msgstr ""
4098
4099 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4100 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:213
4101 #, no-wrap
4102 msgid ""
4103 "Package: *\n"
4104 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4105 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4106 msgstr ""
4107
4108 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4109 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:218
4110 msgid ""
4111 "A note of caution: the keyword used here is \"<literal>origin</literal>\" "
4112 "which can be used to match a hostname. The following record will assign a "
4113 "high priority to all versions available from the server identified by the "
4114 "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\""
4115 msgstr ""
4116
4117 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4118 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:222
4119 #, no-wrap
4120 msgid ""
4121 "Package: *\n"
4122 "Pin: origin \"ftp.de.debian.org\"\n"
4123 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4124 msgstr ""
4125
4126 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4127 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:226
4128 msgid ""
4129 "This should <emphasis>not</emphasis> be confused with the Origin of a "
4130 "distribution as specified in a <filename>Release</filename> file. What "
4131 "follows the \"Origin:\" tag in a <filename>Release</filename> file is not an "
4132 "Internet address but an author or vendor name, such as \"Debian\" or "
4133 "\"Ximian\"."
4134 msgstr ""
4135
4136 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4137 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:231
4138 msgid ""
4139 "The following record assigns a low priority to all package versions "
4140 "belonging to any distribution whose Archive name is "
4141 "\"<literal>unstable</literal>\"."
4142 msgstr ""
4143
4144 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4145 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:235
4146 #, no-wrap
4147 msgid ""
4148 "Package: *\n"
4149 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4150 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4151 msgstr ""
4152
4153 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4154 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:240
4155 msgid ""
4156 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4157 "belonging to any distribution whose Codename is "
4158 "\"<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>\"."
4159 msgstr ""
4160
4161 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4162 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:244
4163 #, no-wrap
4164 msgid ""
4165 "Package: *\n"
4166 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4167 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4168 msgstr ""
4169
4170 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4171 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:249
4172 msgid ""
4173 "The following record assigns a high priority to all package versions "
4174 "belonging to any release whose Archive name is \"<literal>stable</literal>\" "
4175 "and whose release Version number is \"<literal>&stable-version;</literal>\"."
4176 msgstr ""
4177
4178 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting>
4179 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:254
4180 #, no-wrap
4181 msgid ""
4182 "Package: *\n"
4183 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4184 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4185 msgstr ""
4186
4187 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4188 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:264
4189 msgid "Regular expressions and &glob; syntax"
4190 msgstr ""
4191
4192 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4193 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:266
4194 msgid ""
4195 "APT also supports pinning by &glob; expressions, and regular expressions "
4196 "surrounded by slashes. For example, the following example assigns the "
4197 "priority 500 to all packages from experimental where the name starts with "
4198 "gnome (as a &glob;-like expression) or contains the word kde (as a POSIX "
4199 "extended regular expression surrounded by slashes)."
4200 msgstr ""
4201
4202 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4203 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:275
4204 #, no-wrap
4205 msgid ""
4206 "Package: gnome* /kde/\n"
4207 "Pin: release n=experimental\n"
4208 "Pin-Priority: 500\n"
4209 msgstr ""
4210
4211 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4212 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:281
4213 msgid ""
4214 "The rule for those expressions is that they can occur anywhere where a "
4215 "string can occur. Thus, the following pin assigns the priority 990 to all "
4216 "packages from a release starting with &ubuntu-codename;."
4217 msgstr ""
4218
4219 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4220 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:287
4221 #, no-wrap
4222 msgid ""
4223 "Package: *\n"
4224 "Pin: release n=&ubuntu-codename;*\n"
4225 "Pin-Priority: 990\n"
4226 msgstr ""
4227
4228 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4229 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:293
4230 msgid ""
4231 "If a regular expression occurs in a <literal>Package</literal> field, the "
4232 "behavior is the same as if this regular expression were replaced with a list "
4233 "of all package names it matches. It is undecided whether this will change in "
4234 "the future; thus you should always list wild-card pins first, so later "
4235 "specific pins override it. The pattern \"<literal>*</literal>\" in a "
4236 "Package field is not considered a &glob; expression in itself."
4237 msgstr ""
4238
4239 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4240 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:309
4241 msgid "How APT Interprets Priorities"
4242 msgstr ""
4243
4244 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4245 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:312
4246 msgid ""
4247 "Priorities (P) assigned in the APT preferences file must be positive or "
4248 "negative integers. They are interpreted as follows (roughly speaking):"
4249 msgstr ""
4250
4251 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4252 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:317
4253 msgid "P &gt;= 1000"
4254 msgstr ""
4255
4256 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4257 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:318
4258 msgid ""
4259 "causes a version to be installed even if this constitutes a downgrade of the "
4260 "package"
4261 msgstr ""
4262
4263 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4264 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:322
4265 msgid "990 &lt;= P &lt; 1000"
4266 msgstr ""
4267
4268 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4269 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:323
4270 msgid ""
4271 "causes a version to be installed even if it does not come from the target "
4272 "release, unless the installed version is more recent"
4273 msgstr ""
4274
4275 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4276 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:328
4277 msgid "500 &lt;= P &lt; 990"
4278 msgstr ""
4279
4280 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4281 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:329
4282 msgid ""
4283 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4284 "belonging to the target release or the installed version is more recent"
4285 msgstr ""
4286
4287 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4288 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:334
4289 msgid "100 &lt;= P &lt; 500"
4290 msgstr ""
4291
4292 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4293 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:335
4294 msgid ""
4295 "causes a version to be installed unless there is a version available "
4296 "belonging to some other distribution or the installed version is more recent"
4297 msgstr ""
4298
4299 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4300 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:340
4301 msgid "0 &lt; P &lt; 100"
4302 msgstr ""
4303
4304 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4305 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:341
4306 msgid ""
4307 "causes a version to be installed only if there is no installed version of "
4308 "the package"
4309 msgstr ""
4310
4311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4312 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:345
4313 msgid "P &lt; 0"
4314 msgstr ""
4315
4316 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4317 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:346
4318 msgid "prevents the version from being installed"
4319 msgstr ""
4320
4321 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4322 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:351
4323 msgid ""
4324 "If any specific-form records match an available package version then the "
4325 "first such record determines the priority of the package version. Failing "
4326 "that, if any general-form records match an available package version then "
4327 "the first such record determines the priority of the package version."
4328 msgstr ""
4329
4330 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4331 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:357
4332 msgid ""
4333 "For example, suppose the APT preferences file contains the three records "
4334 "presented earlier:"
4335 msgstr ""
4336
4337 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><programlisting>
4338 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:361
4339 #, no-wrap
4340 msgid ""
4341 "Package: perl\n"
4342 "Pin: version &good-perl;*\n"
4343 "Pin-Priority: 1001\n"
4344 "\n"
4345 "Package: *\n"
4346 "Pin: origin \"\"\n"
4347 "Pin-Priority: 999\n"
4348 "\n"
4349 "Package: *\n"
4350 "Pin: release unstable\n"
4351 "Pin-Priority: 50\n"
4352 msgstr ""
4353
4354 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4355 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:374
4356 msgid "Then:"
4357 msgstr ""
4358
4359 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4360 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:376
4361 msgid ""
4362 "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package "
4363 "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with "
4364 "\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> "
4365 "&good-perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the "
4366 "installed version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be "
4367 "downgraded."
4368 msgstr ""
4369
4370 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4371 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:381
4372 msgid ""
4373 "A version of any package other than <literal>perl</literal> that is "
4374 "available from the local system has priority over other versions, even "
4375 "versions belonging to the target release."
4376 msgstr ""
4377
4378 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><simpara>
4379 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:385
4380 msgid ""
4381 "A version of a package whose origin is not the local system but some other "
4382 "site listed in &sources-list; and which belongs to an "
4383 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution is only installed if it is selected "
4384 "for installation and no version of the package is already installed."
4385 msgstr ""
4386
4387 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4388 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:395
4389 msgid "Determination of Package Version and Distribution Properties"
4390 msgstr ""
4391
4392 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4393 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:397
4394 msgid ""
4395 "The locations listed in the &sources-list; file should provide "
4396 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> files to "
4397 "describe the packages available at that location."
4398 msgstr ""
4399
4400 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4401 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:401
4402 msgid ""
4403 "The <filename>Packages</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4404 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable>/<replaceable>component</replaceable>/<replaceable>arch</replaceable></filename>: "
4405 "for example, "
4406 "<filename>.../dists/stable/main/binary-i386/Packages</filename>. It "
4407 "consists of a series of multi-line records, one for each package available "
4408 "in that directory. Only two lines in each record are relevant for setting "
4409 "APT priorities:"
4410 msgstr ""
4411
4412 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4413 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:409
4414 msgid "the <literal>Package:</literal> line"
4415 msgstr ""
4416
4417 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4418 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:410
4419 msgid "gives the package name"
4420 msgstr ""
4421
4422 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4423 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:413 apt_preferences.5.xml:463
4424 msgid "the <literal>Version:</literal> line"
4425 msgstr ""
4426
4427 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4428 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:414
4429 msgid "gives the version number for the named package"
4430 msgstr ""
4431
4432 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4433 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:419
4434 msgid ""
4435 "The <filename>Release</filename> file is normally found in the directory "
4436 "<filename>.../dists/<replaceable>dist-name</replaceable></filename>: for "
4437 "example, <filename>.../dists/stable/Release</filename>, or "
4438 "<filename>.../dists/&stable-codename;/Release</filename>. It consists of a "
4439 "single multi-line record which applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> of the "
4440 "packages in the directory tree below its parent. Unlike the "
4441 "<filename>Packages</filename> file, nearly all of the lines in a "
4442 "<filename>Release</filename> file are relevant for setting APT priorities:"
4443 msgstr ""
4444
4445 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4446 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:430
4447 msgid "the <literal>Archive:</literal> or <literal>Suite:</literal> line"
4448 msgstr ""
4449
4450 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4451 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:431
4452 msgid ""
4453 "names the archive to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4454 "For example, the line \"Archive: stable\" or \"Suite: stable\" specifies "
4455 "that all of the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4456 "<filename>Release</filename> file are in a <literal>stable</literal> "
4457 "archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require "
4458 "the line:"
4459 msgstr ""
4460
4461 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4462 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:441
4463 #, no-wrap
4464 msgid "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4465 msgstr ""
4466
4467 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4468 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:447
4469 msgid "the <literal>Codename:</literal> line"
4470 msgstr ""
4471
4472 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4473 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:448
4474 msgid ""
4475 "names the codename to which all the packages in the directory tree belong. "
4476 "For example, the line \"Codename: &testing-codename;\" specifies that all of "
4477 "the packages in the directory tree below the parent of the "
4478 "<filename>Release</filename> file belong to a version named "
4479 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT "
4480 "preferences file would require the line:"
4481 msgstr ""
4482
4483 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4484 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:457
4485 #, no-wrap
4486 msgid "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4487 msgstr ""
4488
4489 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4490 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:464
4491 msgid ""
4492 "names the release version. For example, the packages in the tree might "
4493 "belong to Debian release version &stable-version;. Note that there is "
4494 "normally no version number for the <literal>testing</literal> and "
4495 "<literal>unstable</literal> distributions because they have not been "
4496 "released yet. Specifying this in the APT preferences file would require one "
4497 "of the following lines."
4498 msgstr ""
4499
4500 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4501 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:473
4502 #, no-wrap
4503 msgid ""
4504 "Pin: release v=&stable-version;\n"
4505 "Pin: release a=stable, v=&stable-version;\n"
4506 "Pin: release &stable-version;\n"
4507 msgstr ""
4508
4509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4510 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:482
4511 msgid "the <literal>Component:</literal> line"
4512 msgstr ""
4513
4514 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4515 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:483
4516 msgid ""
4517 "names the licensing component associated with the packages in the directory "
4518 "tree of the <filename>Release</filename> file. For example, the line "
4519 "\"Component: main\" specifies that all the packages in the directory tree "
4520 "are from the <literal>main</literal> component, which entails that they are "
4521 "licensed under terms listed in the Debian Free Software Guidelines. "
4522 "Specifying this component in the APT preferences file would require the "
4523 "line:"
4524 msgstr ""
4525
4526 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4527 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:492
4528 #, no-wrap
4529 msgid "Pin: release c=main\n"
4530 msgstr ""
4531
4532 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4533 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:498
4534 msgid "the <literal>Origin:</literal> line"
4535 msgstr ""
4536
4537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4538 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:499
4539 msgid ""
4540 "names the originator of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4541 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4542 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this origin in the APT preferences "
4543 "file would require the line:"
4544 msgstr ""
4545
4546 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4547 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:505
4548 #, no-wrap
4549 msgid "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4550 msgstr ""
4551
4552 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
4553 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:511
4554 msgid "the <literal>Label:</literal> line"
4555 msgstr ""
4556
4557 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><simpara>
4558 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:512
4559 msgid ""
4560 "names the label of the packages in the directory tree of the "
4561 "<filename>Release</filename> file. Most commonly, this is "
4562 "<literal>Debian</literal>. Specifying this label in the APT preferences "
4563 "file would require the line:"
4564 msgstr ""
4565
4566 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><programlisting>
4567 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:518
4568 #, no-wrap
4569 msgid "Pin: release l=Debian\n"
4570 msgstr ""
4571
4572 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4573 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:525
4574 msgid ""
4575 "All of the <filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Release</filename> "
4576 "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored "
4577 "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file "
4578 "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the "
4579 "<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file "
4580 "<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> "
4581 "contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site "
4582 "<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> "
4583 "architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the "
4584 "<literal>unstable</literal> distribution."
4585 msgstr ""
4586
4587 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4588 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:538
4589 msgid "Optional Lines in an APT Preferences Record"
4590 msgstr ""
4591
4592 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4593 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:540
4594 msgid ""
4595 "Each record in the APT preferences file can optionally begin with one or "
4596 "more lines beginning with the word <literal>Explanation:</literal>. This "
4597 "provides a place for comments."
4598 msgstr ""
4599
4600 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4601 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:549
4602 msgid "Tracking Stable"
4603 msgstr ""
4604
4605 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4606 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:557
4607 #, no-wrap
4608 msgid ""
4609 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated\n"
4610 "Explanation: package versions other than those in the stable distro\n"
4611 "Package: *\n"
4612 "Pin: release a=stable\n"
4613 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4614 "\n"
4615 "Package: *\n"
4616 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4617 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4618 msgstr ""
4619
4620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4621 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:551
4622 msgid ""
4623 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4624 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4625 "<literal>stable</literal> distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4626 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> "
4627 "distributions. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4628 msgstr ""
4629
4630 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4631 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:574 apt_preferences.5.xml:620 apt_preferences.5.xml:678
4632 #, no-wrap
4633 msgid ""
4634 "apt-get install <replaceable>package-name</replaceable>\n"
4635 "apt-get upgrade\n"
4636 "apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
4637 msgstr ""
4638
4639 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4640 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:569
4641 msgid ""
4642 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4643 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4644 "<literal>stable</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4645 "id=\"0\"/>"
4646 msgstr ""
4647
4648 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4649 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:586
4650 #, no-wrap
4651 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/testing\n"
4652 msgstr ""
4653
4654 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4655 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:580
4656 msgid ""
4657 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4658 "latest version from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution; the package "
4659 "will not be upgraded again unless this command is given again. <placeholder "
4660 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4661 msgstr ""
4662
4663 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4664 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:592
4665 msgid "Tracking Testing or Unstable"
4666 msgstr ""
4667
4668 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4669 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:601
4670 #, no-wrap
4671 msgid ""
4672 "Package: *\n"
4673 "Pin: release a=testing\n"
4674 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4675 "\n"
4676 "Package: *\n"
4677 "Pin: release a=unstable\n"
4678 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4679 "\n"
4680 "Package: *\n"
4681 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4682 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4683 msgstr ""
4684
4685 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4686 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:594
4687 msgid ""
4688 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a high priority "
4689 "to package versions from the <literal>testing</literal> distribution, a "
4690 "lower priority to package versions from the <literal>unstable</literal> "
4691 "distribution, and a prohibitively low priority to package versions from "
4692 "other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions. <placeholder "
4693 "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4694 msgstr ""
4695
4696 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4697 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:615
4698 msgid ""
4699 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4700 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest "
4701 "<literal>testing</literal> version(s). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" "
4702 "id=\"0\"/>"
4703 msgstr ""
4704
4705 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4706 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:635
4707 #, no-wrap
4708 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/unstable\n"
4709 msgstr ""
4710
4711 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4712 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:626
4713 msgid ""
4714 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4715 "latest version from the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution. "
4716 "Thereafter, <command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to "
4717 "the most recent <literal>testing</literal> version if that is more recent "
4718 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
4719 "<literal>unstable</literal> version if that is more recent than the "
4720 "installed version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4721 msgstr ""
4722
4723 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
4724 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:642
4725 msgid "Tracking the evolution of a codename release"
4726 msgstr ""
4727
4728 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4729 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:656
4730 #, no-wrap
4731 msgid ""
4732 "Explanation: Uninstall or do not install any Debian-originated package "
4733 "versions\n"
4734 "Explanation: other than those in the distribution codenamed with "
4735 "&testing-codename; or sid\n"
4736 "Package: *\n"
4737 "Pin: release n=&testing-codename;\n"
4738 "Pin-Priority: 900\n"
4739 "\n"
4740 "Explanation: Debian unstable is always codenamed with sid\n"
4741 "Package: *\n"
4742 "Pin: release n=sid\n"
4743 "Pin-Priority: 800\n"
4744 "\n"
4745 "Package: *\n"
4746 "Pin: release o=Debian\n"
4747 "Pin-Priority: -10\n"
4748 msgstr ""
4749
4750 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4751 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:644
4752 msgid ""
4753 "The following APT preferences file will cause APT to assign a priority "
4754 "higher than the default (500) to all package versions belonging to a "
4755 "specified codename of a distribution and a prohibitively low priority to "
4756 "package versions belonging to other <literal>Debian</literal> distributions, "
4757 "codenames and archives. Note that with this APT preference APT will follow "
4758 "the migration of a release from the archive <literal>testing</literal> to "
4759 "<literal>stable</literal> and later <literal>oldstable</literal>. If you "
4760 "want to follow for example the progress in <literal>testing</literal> "
4761 "notwithstanding the codename changes you should use the example "
4762 "configurations above. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4763 msgstr ""
4764
4765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4766 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:673
4767 msgid ""
4768 "With a suitable &sources-list; file and the above preferences file, any of "
4769 "the following commands will cause APT to upgrade to the latest version(s) in "
4770 "the release codenamed with <literal>&testing-codename;</literal>. "
4771 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4772 msgstr ""
4773
4774 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
4775 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:693
4776 #, no-wrap
4777 msgid "apt-get install <replaceable>package</replaceable>/sid\n"
4778 msgstr ""
4779
4780 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
4781 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:684
4782 msgid ""
4783 "The following command will cause APT to upgrade the specified package to the "
4784 "latest version from the <literal>sid</literal> distribution. Thereafter, "
4785 "<command>apt-get upgrade</command> will upgrade the package to the most "
4786 "recent <literal>&testing-codename;</literal> version if that is more recent "
4787 "than the installed version, otherwise, to the most recent "
4788 "<literal>sid</literal> version if that is more recent than the installed "
4789 "version. <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
4790 msgstr ""
4791
4792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4793 #: apt_preferences.5.xml:708
4794 msgid "&apt-get; &apt-cache; &apt-conf; &sources-list;"
4795 msgstr ""
4796
4797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
4798 #: sources.list.5.xml:35
4799 msgid "List of configured APT data sources"
4800 msgstr ""
4801
4802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4803 #: sources.list.5.xml:40
4804 msgid ""
4805 "The source list <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</filename> is designed to "
4806 "support any number of active sources and a variety of source media. The file "
4807 "lists one source per line, with the most preferred source listed first. The "
4808 "information available from the configured sources is acquired by "
4809 "<command>apt-get update</command> (or by an equivalent command from another "
4810 "APT front-end)."
4811 msgstr ""
4812
4813 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4814 #: sources.list.5.xml:47
4815 msgid ""
4816 "Each line specifying a source starts with type "
4817 "(e.g. <literal>deb-src</literal>) followed by options and arguments for "
4818 "this type. Individual entries cannot be continued onto a following "
4819 "line. Empty lines are ignored, and a <literal>#</literal> character anywhere "
4820 "on a line marks the remainder of that line as a comment."
4821 msgstr ""
4822
4823 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4824 #: sources.list.5.xml:55
4825 msgid "sources.list.d"
4826 msgstr ""
4827
4828 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4829 #: sources.list.5.xml:56
4830 msgid ""
4831 "The <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> directory provides a way to "
4832 "add sources.list entries in separate files. The format is the same as for "
4833 "the regular <filename>sources.list</filename> file. File names need to end "
4834 "with <filename>.list</filename> and may only contain letters (a-z and A-Z), "
4835 "digits (0-9), underscore (_), hyphen (-) and period (.) characters. "
4836 "Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has ignored a file, unless that "
4837 "file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> "
4838 "configuration list - in which case it will be silently ignored."
4839 msgstr ""
4840
4841 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
4842 #: sources.list.5.xml:67
4843 msgid "The deb and deb-src types"
4844 msgstr ""
4845
4846 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4847 #: sources.list.5.xml:68
4848 msgid ""
4849 "The <literal>deb</literal> type references a typical two-level Debian "
4850 "archive, <filename>distribution/component</filename>. The "
4851 "<literal>distribution</literal> is generally an archive name like "
4852 "<literal>stable</literal> or <literal>testing</literal> or a codename like "
4853 "<literal>&stable-codename;</literal> or "
4854 "<literal>&testing-codename;</literal> while component is one of "
4855 "<literal>main</literal>, <literal>contrib</literal> or "
4856 "<literal>non-free</literal>. The <literal>deb-src</literal> type references "
4857 "a Debian distribution's source code in the same form as the "
4858 "<literal>deb</literal> type. A <literal>deb-src</literal> line is required "
4859 "to fetch source indexes."
4860 msgstr ""
4861
4862 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4863 #: sources.list.5.xml:79
4864 msgid ""
4865 "The format for a <filename>sources.list</filename> entry using the "
4866 "<literal>deb</literal> and <literal>deb-src</literal> types is:"
4867 msgstr ""
4868
4869 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
4870 #: sources.list.5.xml:82
4871 #, no-wrap
4872 msgid "deb [ options ] uri suite [component1] [component2] [...]"
4873 msgstr ""
4874
4875 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
4876 #: sources.list.5.xml:86
4877 #, no-wrap
4878 msgid ""
4879 " Types: deb deb-src\n"
4880 " URIs: http://example.com\n"
4881 " Suites: stable testing\n"
4882 " Sections: component1 component2\n"
4883 " Description: short\n"
4884 " long long long\n"
4885 " [option1]: [option1-value]\n"
4886 "\n"
4887 " Types: deb\n"
4888 " URIs: http://another.example.com\n"
4889 " Suites: experimental\n"
4890 " Sections: component1 component2\n"
4891 " Enabled: no\n"
4892 " Description: short\n"
4893 " long long long\n"
4894 " [option1]: [option1-value]\n"
4895 " "
4896 msgstr ""
4897
4898 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4899 #: sources.list.5.xml:84
4900 msgid ""
4901 "Alternatively a rfc822 style format is also supported: <placeholder "
4902 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
4903 msgstr ""
4904
4905 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4906 #: sources.list.5.xml:105
4907 msgid ""
4908 "The URI for the <literal>deb</literal> type must specify the base of the "
4909 "Debian distribution, from which APT will find the information it needs. "
4910 "<literal>suite</literal> can specify an exact path, in which case the "
4911 "components must be omitted and <literal>suite</literal> must end with a "
4912 "slash (<literal>/</literal>). This is useful for the case when only a "
4913 "particular sub-section of the archive denoted by the URI is of interest. If "
4914 "<literal>suite</literal> does not specify an exact path, at least one "
4915 "<literal>component</literal> must be present."
4916 msgstr ""
4917
4918 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4919 #: sources.list.5.xml:114
4920 msgid ""
4921 "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, "
4922 "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as "
4923 "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the "
4924 "system. This permits architecture-independent "
4925 "<filename>sources.list</filename> files to be used. In general this is only "
4926 "of interest when specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will "
4927 "automatically generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise."
4928 msgstr ""
4929
4930 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4931 #: sources.list.5.xml:122
4932 msgid ""
4933 "In the traditional style sources.list format since only one distribution can "
4934 "be specified per line it may be necessary to have multiple lines for the "
4935 "same URI, if a subset of all available distributions or components at that "
4936 "location is desired. APT will sort the URI list after it has generated a "
4937 "complete set internally, and will collapse multiple references to the same "
4938 "Internet host, for instance, into a single connection, so that it does not "
4939 "inefficiently establish an FTP connection, close it, do something else, and "
4940 "then re-establish a connection to that same host. This feature is useful for "
4941 "accessing busy FTP sites with limits on the number of simultaneous anonymous "
4942 "users. APT also parallelizes connections to different hosts to more "
4943 "effectively deal with sites with low bandwidth."
4944 msgstr ""
4945
4946 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4947 #: sources.list.5.xml:136
4948 msgid ""
4949 "<literal>options</literal> is always optional and needs to be surrounded by "
4950 "square brackets. It can consist of multiple settings in the form "
4951 "<literal><replaceable>setting</replaceable>=<replaceable>value</replaceable></literal>. "
4952 "Multiple settings are separated by spaces. The following settings are "
4953 "supported by APT (note however that unsupported settings will be ignored "
4954 "silently):"
4955 msgstr ""
4956
4957 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4958 #: sources.list.5.xml:142
4959 msgid ""
4960 "<literal>arch=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4961 "can be used to specify for which architectures information should be "
4962 "downloaded. If this option is not set all architectures defined by the "
4963 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> option will be downloaded."
4964 msgstr ""
4965
4966 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4967 #: sources.list.5.xml:146
4968 msgid ""
4969 "<literal>arch+=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4970 "and "
4971 "<literal>arch-=<replaceable>arch1</replaceable>,<replaceable>arch2</replaceable>,…</literal> "
4972 "which can be used to add/remove architectures from the set which will be "
4973 "downloaded."
4974 msgstr ""
4975
4976 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
4977 #: sources.list.5.xml:149
4978 msgid ""
4979 "<literal>trusted=yes</literal> can be set to indicate that packages from "
4980 "this source are always authenticated even if the "
4981 "<filename>Release</filename> file is not signed or the signature can't be "
4982 "checked. This disables parts of &apt-secure; and should therefore only be "
4983 "used in a local and trusted context. <literal>trusted=no</literal> is the "
4984 "opposite which handles even correctly authenticated sources as not "
4985 "authenticated."
4986 msgstr ""
4987
4988 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4989 #: sources.list.5.xml:156
4990 msgid ""
4991 "It is important to list sources in order of preference, with the most "
4992 "preferred source listed first. Typically this will result in sorting by "
4993 "speed from fastest to slowest (CD-ROM followed by hosts on a local network, "
4994 "followed by distant Internet hosts, for example)."
4995 msgstr ""
4996
4997 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
4998 #: sources.list.5.xml:161
4999 msgid "Some examples:"
5000 msgstr ""
5001
5002 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5003 #: sources.list.5.xml:163
5004 #, no-wrap
5005 msgid ""
5006 "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main contrib non-free\n"
5007 "deb http://security.debian.org/ &stable-codename;/updates main contrib "
5008 "non-free\n"
5009 " "
5010 msgstr ""
5011
5012 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5013 #: sources.list.5.xml:169
5014 msgid "URI specification"
5015 msgstr ""
5016
5017 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5018 #: sources.list.5.xml:171
5019 msgid "The currently recognized URI types are:"
5020 msgstr ""
5021
5022 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5023 #: sources.list.5.xml:175
5024 msgid ""
5025 "The file scheme allows an arbitrary directory in the file system to be "
5026 "considered an archive. This is useful for NFS mounts and local mirrors or "
5027 "archives."
5028 msgstr ""
5029
5030 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5031 #: sources.list.5.xml:182
5032 msgid ""
5033 "The cdrom scheme allows APT to use a local CD-ROM drive with media "
5034 "swapping. Use the &apt-cdrom; program to create cdrom entries in the source "
5035 "list."
5036 msgstr ""
5037
5038 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5039 #: sources.list.5.xml:189
5040 msgid ""
5041 "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an environment "
5042 "variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is set with the format "
5043 "http://server:port/, the proxy server specified in <envar>http_proxy</envar> "
5044 "will be used. Users of authenticated HTTP/1.1 proxies may use a string of "
5045 "the format http://user:pass@server:port/. Note that this is an insecure "
5046 "method of authentication."
5047 msgstr ""
5048
5049 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5050 #: sources.list.5.xml:200
5051 msgid ""
5052 "The ftp scheme specifies an FTP server for the archive. APT's FTP behavior "
5053 "is highly configurable; for more information see the &apt-conf; manual "
5054 "page. Please note that an FTP proxy can be specified by using the "
5055 "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment variable. It is possible to specify an "
5056 "HTTP proxy (HTTP proxy servers often understand FTP URLs) using this "
5057 "environment variable and <emphasis>only</emphasis> this environment "
5058 "variable. Proxies using HTTP specified in the configuration file will be "
5059 "ignored."
5060 msgstr ""
5061
5062 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5063 #: sources.list.5.xml:212
5064 msgid ""
5065 "The copy scheme is identical to the file scheme except that packages are "
5066 "copied into the cache directory instead of used directly at their location. "
5067 "This is useful for people using removable media to copy files around with "
5068 "APT."
5069 msgstr ""
5070
5071 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5072 #: sources.list.5.xml:219
5073 msgid ""
5074 "The rsh/ssh method invokes RSH/SSH to connect to a remote host and access "
5075 "the files as a given user. Prior configuration of rhosts or RSA keys is "
5076 "recommended. The standard <command>find</command> and <command>dd</command> "
5077 "commands are used to perform the file transfers from the remote host."
5078 msgstr ""
5079
5080 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
5081 #: sources.list.5.xml:226
5082 msgid "adding more recognizable URI types"
5083 msgstr ""
5084
5085 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5086 #: sources.list.5.xml:228
5087 msgid ""
5088 "APT can be extended with more methods shipped in other optional packages, "
5089 "which should follow the naming scheme "
5090 "<package>apt-transport-<replaceable>method</replaceable></package>. For "
5091 "instance, the APT team also maintains the package "
5092 "<package>apt-transport-https</package>, which provides access methods for "
5093 "HTTPS URIs with features similar to the http method. Methods for using "
5094 "e.g. debtorrent are also available - see &apt-transport-debtorrent;."
5095 msgstr ""
5096
5097 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5098 #: sources.list.5.xml:240
5099 msgid ""
5100 "Uses the archive stored locally (or NFS mounted) at /home/jason/debian for "
5101 "stable/main, stable/contrib, and stable/non-free."
5102 msgstr ""
5103
5104 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5105 #: sources.list.5.xml:242
5106 #, no-wrap
5107 msgid "deb file:/home/jason/debian stable main contrib non-free"
5108 msgstr ""
5109
5110 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5111 #: sources.list.5.xml:244
5112 msgid "As above, except this uses the unstable (development) distribution."
5113 msgstr ""
5114
5115 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5116 #: sources.list.5.xml:245
5117 #, no-wrap
5118 msgid "deb file:/home/jason/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5119 msgstr ""
5120
5121 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5122 #: sources.list.5.xml:247
5123 msgid "Source line for the above"
5124 msgstr ""
5125
5126 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5127 #: sources.list.5.xml:248
5128 #, no-wrap
5129 msgid "deb-src file:/home/jason/debian unstable main contrib non-free"
5130 msgstr ""
5131
5132 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5133 #: sources.list.5.xml:250
5134 msgid ""
5135 "The first line gets package information for the architectures in "
5136 "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves "
5137 "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>."
5138 msgstr ""
5139
5140 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5141 #: sources.list.5.xml:252
5142 #, no-wrap
5143 msgid ""
5144 "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main\n"
5145 "deb [ arch=amd64,armel ] http://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; main"
5146 msgstr ""
5147
5148 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5149 #: sources.list.5.xml:255
5150 msgid ""
5151 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the "
5152 "hamm/main area."
5153 msgstr ""
5154
5155 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5156 #: sources.list.5.xml:257
5157 #, no-wrap
5158 msgid "deb http://archive.debian.org/debian-archive hamm main"
5159 msgstr ""
5160
5161 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5162 #: sources.list.5.xml:259
5163 msgid ""
5164 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5165 "directory, and uses only the &stable-codename;/contrib area."
5166 msgstr ""
5167
5168 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5169 #: sources.list.5.xml:261
5170 #, no-wrap
5171 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian &stable-codename; contrib"
5172 msgstr ""
5173
5174 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5175 #: sources.list.5.xml:263
5176 msgid ""
5177 "Uses FTP to access the archive at ftp.debian.org, under the debian "
5178 "directory, and uses only the unstable/contrib area. If this line appears as "
5179 "well as the one in the previous example in <filename>sources.list</filename> "
5180 "a single FTP session will be used for both resource lines."
5181 msgstr ""
5182
5183 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout>
5184 #: sources.list.5.xml:267
5185 #, no-wrap
5186 msgid "deb ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian unstable contrib"
5187 msgstr ""
5188
5189 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5190 #: sources.list.5.xml:276
5191 #, no-wrap
5192 msgid "deb http://ftp.tlh.debian.org/universe unstable/binary-$(ARCH)/"
5193 msgstr ""
5194
5195 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5196 #: sources.list.5.xml:269
5197 msgid ""
5198 "Uses HTTP to access the archive at ftp.tlh.debian.org, under the universe "
5199 "directory, and uses only files found under "
5200 "<filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename> on i386 machines, "
5201 "<filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> on amd64, and so forth for other "
5202 "supported architectures. [Note this example only illustrates how to use the "
5203 "substitution variable; official debian archives are not structured like "
5204 "this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>"
5205 msgstr ""
5206
5207 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5208 #: sources.list.5.xml:281
5209 msgid "&apt-cache; &apt-conf;"
5210 msgstr ""
5211
5212 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refmeta><manvolnum>
5213 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:28 apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:28 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:28
5214 msgid "1"
5215 msgstr ""
5216
5217 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5218 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:35
5219 msgid ""
5220 "Utility to extract <command>debconf</command> config and templates from "
5221 "Debian packages"
5222 msgstr ""
5223
5224 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5225 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:41
5226 msgid ""
5227 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> will take one or more Debian package "
5228 "files as input and write out (to a temporary directory) all associated "
5229 "config scripts and template files. For each passed in package that contains "
5230 "config scripts and templates, one line of output will be generated in the "
5231 "format:"
5232 msgstr ""
5233
5234 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5235 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:46
5236 msgid "package version template-file config-script"
5237 msgstr ""
5238
5239 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5240 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:47
5241 msgid ""
5242 "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory "
5243 "specified by the <option>-t</option> or <option>--tempdir</option> "
5244 "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with "
5245 "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> and "
5246 "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>"
5247 msgstr ""
5248
5249 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5250 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:60
5251 msgid ""
5252 "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> "
5253 "template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: "
5254 "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>"
5255 msgstr ""
5256
5257 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5258 #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml:77
5259 msgid ""
5260 "<command>apt-extracttemplates</command> returns zero on normal operation, "
5261 "decimal 100 on error."
5262 msgstr ""
5263
5264 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5265 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:35
5266 msgid "Utility to sort package index files"
5267 msgstr ""
5268
5269 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5270 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:41
5271 msgid ""
5272 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> will take an index file (source index or "
5273 "package index) and sort the records so that they are ordered by the package "
5274 "name. It will also sort the internal fields of each record according to the "
5275 "internal sorting rules."
5276 msgstr ""
5277
5278 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5279 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:47
5280 msgid "All output is sent to standard output; the input must be a seekable file."
5281 msgstr ""
5282
5283 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5284 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:56
5285 msgid ""
5286 "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: "
5287 "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>."
5288 msgstr ""
5289
5290 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5291 #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml:70
5292 msgid ""
5293 "<command>apt-sortpkgs</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
5294 "100 on error."
5295 msgstr ""
5296
5297 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refnamediv><refpurpose>
5298 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:35
5299 msgid "Utility to generate index files"
5300 msgstr ""
5301
5302 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5303 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:41
5304 msgid ""
5305 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is the command line tool that generates "
5306 "the index files that APT uses to access a distribution source. The index "
5307 "files should be generated on the origin site based on the content of that "
5308 "site."
5309 msgstr ""
5310
5311 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5312 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:45
5313 msgid ""
5314 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> is a superset of the &dpkg-scanpackages; "
5315 "program, incorporating its entire functionality via the "
5316 "<literal>packages</literal> command. It also contains a contents file "
5317 "generator, <literal>contents</literal>, and an elaborate means to 'script' "
5318 "the generation process for a complete archive."
5319 msgstr ""
5320
5321 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5322 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:51
5323 msgid ""
5324 "Internally <command>apt-ftparchive</command> can make use of binary "
5325 "databases to cache the contents of a .deb file and it does not rely on any "
5326 "external programs aside from &gzip;. When doing a full generate it "
5327 "automatically performs file-change checks and builds the desired compressed "
5328 "output files."
5329 msgstr ""
5330
5331 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5332 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:62
5333 msgid ""
5334 "The packages command generates a package file from a directory tree. It "
5335 "takes the given directory and recursively searches it for .deb files, "
5336 "emitting a package record to stdout for each. This command is approximately "
5337 "equivalent to &dpkg-scanpackages;."
5338 msgstr ""
5339
5340 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5341 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:67 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:91
5342 msgid "The option <option>--db</option> can be used to specify a binary caching DB."
5343 msgstr ""
5344
5345 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5346 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:72
5347 msgid ""
5348 "The <literal>sources</literal> command generates a source index file from a "
5349 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it "
5350 "for .dsc files, emitting a source record to stdout for each. This command is "
5351 "approximately equivalent to &dpkg-scansources;."
5352 msgstr ""
5353
5354 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5355 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:77
5356 msgid ""
5357 "If an override file is specified then a source override file will be looked "
5358 "for with an extension of .src. The --source-override option can be used to "
5359 "change the source override file that will be used."
5360 msgstr ""
5361
5362 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5363 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:84
5364 msgid ""
5365 "The <literal>contents</literal> command generates a contents file from a "
5366 "directory tree. It takes the given directory and recursively searches it for "
5367 ".deb files, and reads the file list from each file. It then sorts and writes "
5368 "to stdout the list of files matched to packages. Directories are not written "
5369 "to the output. If multiple packages own the same file then each package is "
5370 "separated by a comma in the output."
5371 msgstr ""
5372
5373 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5374 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:96
5375 msgid ""
5376 "The <literal>release</literal> command generates a Release file from a "
5377 "directory tree. It recursively searches the given directory for uncompressed "
5378 "<filename>Packages</filename> and <filename>Sources</filename> files and "
5379 "ones compressed with <command>gzip</command>, <command>bzip2</command> or "
5380 "<command>lzma</command> as well as <filename>Release</filename> and "
5381 "<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by default "
5382 "(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Additional "
5383 "filename patterns can be added by listing them in "
5384 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to "
5385 "stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing an MD5, SHA1 and "
5386 "SHA256 digest for each file."
5387 msgstr ""
5388
5389 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5390 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:106
5391 msgid ""
5392 "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken from "
5393 "the corresponding variables under "
5394 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, "
5395 "e.g. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. The supported "
5396 "fields are: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, "
5397 "<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, "
5398 "<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, "
5399 "<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, "
5400 "<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal>."
5401 msgstr ""
5402
5403 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5404 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:119
5405 msgid ""
5406 "The <literal>generate</literal> command is designed to be runnable from a "
5407 "cron script and builds indexes according to the given config file. The "
5408 "config language provides a flexible means of specifying which index files "
5409 "are built from which directories, as well as providing a simple means of "
5410 "maintaining the required settings."
5411 msgstr ""
5412
5413 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5414 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:128
5415 msgid ""
5416 "The <literal>clean</literal> command tidies the databases used by the given "
5417 "configuration file by removing any records that are no longer necessary."
5418 msgstr ""
5419
5420 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5421 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:134
5422 msgid "The Generate Configuration"
5423 msgstr ""
5424
5425 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5426 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:136
5427 msgid ""
5428 "The <literal>generate</literal> command uses a configuration file to "
5429 "describe the archives that are going to be generated. It follows the typical "
5430 "ISC configuration format as seen in ISC tools like bind 8 and dhcpd. "
5431 "&apt-conf; contains a description of the syntax. Note that the generate "
5432 "configuration is parsed in sectional manner, but &apt-conf; is parsed in a "
5433 "tree manner. This only effects how the scope tag is handled."
5434 msgstr ""
5435
5436 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5437 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:144
5438 msgid "The generate configuration has four separate sections, each described below."
5439 msgstr ""
5440
5441 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5442 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:146
5443 msgid "<literal>Dir</literal> Section"
5444 msgstr ""
5445
5446 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5447 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:148
5448 msgid ""
5449 "The <literal>Dir</literal> section defines the standard directories needed "
5450 "to locate the files required during the generation process. These "
5451 "directories are prepended certain relative paths defined in later sections "
5452 "to produce a complete an absolute path."
5453 msgstr ""
5454
5455 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5456 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:155
5457 msgid ""
5458 "Specifies the root of the FTP archive, in a standard Debian configuration "
5459 "this is the directory that contains the <filename>ls-LR</filename> and dist "
5460 "nodes."
5461 msgstr ""
5462
5463 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5464 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:162
5465 msgid "Specifies the location of the override files."
5466 msgstr ""
5467
5468 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5469 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:167
5470 msgid "Specifies the location of the cache files."
5471 msgstr ""
5472
5473 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5474 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:172
5475 msgid ""
5476 "Specifies the location of the file list files, if the "
5477 "<literal>FileList</literal> setting is used below."
5478 msgstr ""
5479
5480 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5481 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:178
5482 msgid "<literal>Default</literal> Section"
5483 msgstr ""
5484
5485 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5486 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:180
5487 msgid ""
5488 "The <literal>Default</literal> section specifies default values, and "
5489 "settings that control the operation of the generator. Other sections may "
5490 "override these defaults with a per-section setting."
5491 msgstr ""
5492
5493 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5494 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:186
5495 msgid ""
5496 "Sets the default compression schemes to use for the package index files. It "
5497 "is a string that contains a space separated list of at least one of: '.' (no "
5498 "compression), 'gzip' and 'bzip2'. The default for all compression schemes is "
5499 "'. gzip'."
5500 msgstr ""
5501
5502 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5503 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:194
5504 msgid ""
5505 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This "
5506 "defaults to '.deb'."
5507 msgstr ""
5508
5509 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5510 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:200
5511 msgid ""
5512 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5513 "controls the compression for the Sources files."
5514 msgstr ""
5515
5516 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5517 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:206
5518 msgid ""
5519 "Sets the default list of file extensions that are source files. This "
5520 "defaults to '.dsc'."
5521 msgstr ""
5522
5523 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5524 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:212
5525 msgid ""
5526 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5527 "controls the compression for the Contents files."
5528 msgstr ""
5529
5530 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5531 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:218
5532 msgid ""
5533 "This is similar to <literal>Packages::Compress</literal> except that it "
5534 "controls the compression for the Translation-en master file."
5535 msgstr ""
5536
5537 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5538 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:224
5539 msgid ""
5540 "Specifies the number of kilobytes to delink (and replace with hard links) "
5541 "per run. This is used in conjunction with the per-section "
5542 "<literal>External-Links</literal> setting."
5543 msgstr ""
5544
5545 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5546 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:231
5547 msgid ""
5548 "Specifies the mode of all created index files. It defaults to 0644. All "
5549 "index files are set to this mode with no regard to the umask."
5550 msgstr ""
5551
5552 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5553 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:238 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:384
5554 msgid ""
5555 "Specifies whether long descriptions should be included in the "
5556 "<filename>Packages</filename> file or split out into a master "
5557 "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file."
5558 msgstr ""
5559
5560 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5561 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:244
5562 msgid "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> Section"
5563 msgstr ""
5564
5565 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5566 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:246
5567 msgid ""
5568 "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these "
5569 "variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), "
5570 "$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values."
5571 msgstr ""
5572
5573 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5574 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:253
5575 msgid ""
5576 "Sets the number of kilobytes of contents files that are generated each "
5577 "day. The contents files are round-robined so that over several days they "
5578 "will all be rebuilt."
5579 msgstr ""
5580
5581 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5582 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:260
5583 msgid ""
5584 "Controls the number of days a contents file is allowed to be checked without "
5585 "changing. If this limit is passed the mtime of the contents file is "
5586 "updated. This case can occur if the package file is changed in such a way "
5587 "that does not result in a new contents file [override edit for instance]. A "
5588 "hold off is allowed in hopes that new .debs will be installed, requiring a "
5589 "new file anyhow. The default is 10, the units are in days."
5590 msgstr ""
5591
5592 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5593 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:271
5594 msgid ""
5595 "Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to "
5596 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>"
5597 msgstr ""
5598
5599 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5600 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:277
5601 msgid ""
5602 "Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to "
5603 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>"
5604 msgstr ""
5605
5606 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5607 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:283
5608 msgid ""
5609 "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to "
5610 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>"
5611 msgstr ""
5612
5613 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5614 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:289
5615 msgid ""
5616 "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to "
5617 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>"
5618 msgstr ""
5619
5620 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5621 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:295
5622 msgid ""
5623 "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if "
5624 "they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to "
5625 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>"
5626 msgstr ""
5627
5628 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5629 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:302
5630 msgid ""
5631 "Sets the path prefix that causes a symlink to be considered an internal link "
5632 "instead of an external link. Defaults to "
5633 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/</filename>"
5634 msgstr ""
5635
5636 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5637 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:309
5638 msgid ""
5639 "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to "
5640 "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting "
5641 "causes multiple Packages files to map onto a single Contents file (as is the "
5642 "default) then <command>apt-ftparchive</command> will integrate those "
5643 "package files together automatically."
5644 msgstr ""
5645
5646 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5647 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:318
5648 msgid "Sets header file to prepend to the contents output."
5649 msgstr ""
5650
5651 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5652 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:323
5653 msgid ""
5654 "Sets the binary cache database to use for this section. Multiple sections "
5655 "can share the same database."
5656 msgstr ""
5657
5658 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5659 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:329
5660 msgid ""
5661 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
5662 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
5663 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory."
5664 msgstr ""
5665
5666 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5667 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:336
5668 msgid ""
5669 "Specifies that instead of walking the directory tree, "
5670 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> should read the list of files from the "
5671 "given file. Relative files names are prefixed with the archive directory. "
5672 "This is used when processing source indexes."
5673 msgstr ""
5674
5675 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5676 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:344
5677 msgid "<literal>Tree</literal> Section"
5678 msgstr ""
5679
5680 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5681 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:346
5682 msgid ""
5683 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section defines a standard Debian file tree "
5684 "which consists of a base directory, then multiple sections in that base "
5685 "directory and finally multiple Architectures in each section. The exact "
5686 "pathing used is defined by the <literal>Directory</literal> substitution "
5687 "variable."
5688 msgstr ""
5689
5690 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5691 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:351
5692 msgid ""
5693 "The <literal>Tree</literal> section takes a scope tag which sets the "
5694 "<literal>$(DIST)</literal> variable and defines the root of the tree (the "
5695 "path is prefixed by <literal>ArchiveDir</literal>). Typically this is a "
5696 "setting such as <filename>dists/&stable-codename;</filename>."
5697 msgstr ""
5698
5699 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5700 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:356
5701 msgid ""
5702 "All of the settings defined in the <literal>TreeDefault</literal> section "
5703 "can be used in a <literal>Tree</literal> section as well as three new "
5704 "variables."
5705 msgstr ""
5706
5707 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><programlisting>
5708 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:362
5709 #, no-wrap
5710 msgid ""
5711 "for i in Sections do \n"
5712 " for j in Architectures do\n"
5713 " Generate for DIST=scope SECTION=i ARCH=j\n"
5714 " "
5715 msgstr ""
5716
5717 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5718 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:359
5719 msgid ""
5720 "When processing a <literal>Tree</literal> section "
5721 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> performs an operation similar to: "
5722 "<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5723 msgstr ""
5724
5725 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5726 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:370
5727 msgid ""
5728 "This is a space separated list of sections which appear under the "
5729 "distribution; typically this is something like <literal>main contrib "
5730 "non-free</literal>"
5731 msgstr ""
5732
5733 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5734 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:377
5735 msgid ""
5736 "This is a space separated list of all the architectures that appear under "
5737 "search section. The special architecture 'source' is used to indicate that "
5738 "this tree has a source archive."
5739 msgstr ""
5740
5741 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5742 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:390
5743 msgid ""
5744 "Sets the binary override file. The override file contains section, priority "
5745 "and maintainer address information."
5746 msgstr ""
5747
5748 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5749 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:396
5750 msgid ""
5751 "Sets the source override file. The override file contains section "
5752 "information."
5753 msgstr ""
5754
5755 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5756 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:402 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:448
5757 msgid "Sets the binary extra override file."
5758 msgstr ""
5759
5760 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5761 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:407 apt-ftparchive.1.xml:453
5762 msgid "Sets the source extra override file."
5763 msgstr ""
5764
5765 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title>
5766 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:412
5767 msgid "<literal>BinDirectory</literal> Section"
5768 msgstr ""
5769
5770 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para>
5771 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:414
5772 msgid ""
5773 "The <literal>bindirectory</literal> section defines a binary directory tree "
5774 "with no special structure. The scope tag specifies the location of the "
5775 "binary directory and the settings are similar to the <literal>Tree</literal> "
5776 "section with no substitution variables or "
5777 "<literal>Section</literal><literal>Architecture</literal> settings."
5778 msgstr ""
5779
5780 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5781 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:422
5782 msgid "Sets the Packages file output."
5783 msgstr ""
5784
5785 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5786 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:427
5787 msgid ""
5788 "Sets the Sources file output. At least one of <literal>Packages</literal> or "
5789 "<literal>Sources</literal> is required."
5790 msgstr ""
5791
5792 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5793 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:433
5794 msgid "Sets the Contents file output (optional)."
5795 msgstr ""
5796
5797 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5798 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:438
5799 msgid "Sets the binary override file."
5800 msgstr ""
5801
5802 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5803 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:443
5804 msgid "Sets the source override file."
5805 msgstr ""
5806
5807 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5808 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:458
5809 msgid "Sets the cache DB."
5810 msgstr ""
5811
5812 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5813 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:463
5814 msgid "Appends a path to all the output paths."
5815 msgstr ""
5816
5817 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5818 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:468
5819 msgid "Specifies the file list file."
5820 msgstr ""
5821
5822 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5823 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:475
5824 msgid "The Binary Override File"
5825 msgstr ""
5826
5827 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5828 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:476
5829 msgid ""
5830 "The binary override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scanpackages;. It "
5831 "contains four fields separated by spaces. The first field is the package "
5832 "name, the second is the priority to force that package to, the third is the "
5833 "section to force that package to and the final field is the maintainer "
5834 "permutation field."
5835 msgstr ""
5836
5837 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5838 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:482
5839 #, no-wrap
5840 msgid "old [// oldn]* => new"
5841 msgstr ""
5842
5843 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><literallayout>
5844 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:484
5845 #, no-wrap
5846 msgid "new"
5847 msgstr ""
5848
5849 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5850 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:481
5851 msgid ""
5852 "The general form of the maintainer field is: <placeholder "
5853 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or simply, <placeholder "
5854 "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> The first form allows a double-slash "
5855 "separated list of old email addresses to be specified. If any of those are "
5856 "found then new is substituted for the maintainer field. The second form "
5857 "unconditionally substitutes the maintainer field."
5858 msgstr ""
5859
5860 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5861 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:492
5862 msgid "The Source Override File"
5863 msgstr ""
5864
5865 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5866 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:494
5867 msgid ""
5868 "The source override file is fully compatible with &dpkg-scansources;. It "
5869 "contains two fields separated by spaces. The first field is the source "
5870 "package name, the second is the section to assign it."
5871 msgstr ""
5872
5873 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title>
5874 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:499
5875 msgid "The Extra Override File"
5876 msgstr ""
5877
5878 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5879 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:501
5880 msgid ""
5881 "The extra override file allows any arbitrary tag to be added or replaced in "
5882 "the output. It has three columns, the first is the package, the second is "
5883 "the tag and the remainder of the line is the new value."
5884 msgstr ""
5885
5886 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5887 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:512
5888 msgid ""
5889 "Generate the given checksum. These options default to on, when turned off "
5890 "the generated index files will not have the checksum fields where possible. "
5891 "Configuration Items: "
5892 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> and "
5893 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> "
5894 "where <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> can be "
5895 "<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> or "
5896 "<literal>Release</literal> and "
5897 "<literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> can be "
5898 "<literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal> or "
5899 "<literal>SHA256</literal>."
5900 msgstr ""
5901
5902 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5903 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:523
5904 msgid ""
5905 "Use a binary caching DB. This has no effect on the generate command. "
5906 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DB</literal>."
5907 msgstr ""
5908
5909 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5910 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:529
5911 msgid ""
5912 "Quiet; produces output suitable for logging, omitting progress indicators. "
5913 "More q's will produce more quiet up to a maximum of 2. You can also use "
5914 "<option>-q=#</option> to set the quiet level, overriding the configuration "
5915 "file. Configuration Item: <literal>quiet</literal>."
5916 msgstr ""
5917
5918 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5919 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:537
5920 msgid ""
5921 "Perform Delinking. If the <literal>External-Links</literal> setting is used "
5922 "then this option actually enables delinking of the files. It defaults to on "
5923 "and can be turned off with <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuration "
5924 "Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>."
5925 msgstr ""
5926
5927 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5928 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:545
5929 msgid ""
5930 "Perform contents generation. When this option is set and package indexes are "
5931 "being generated with a cache DB then the file listing will also be extracted "
5932 "and stored in the DB for later use. When using the generate command this "
5933 "option also allows the creation of any Contents files. The default is on. "
5934 "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>."
5935 msgstr ""
5936
5937 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5938 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:555
5939 msgid ""
5940 "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</literal> "
5941 "command. Configuration Item: "
5942 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>."
5943 msgstr ""
5944
5945 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5946 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:561
5947 msgid ""
5948 "Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: "
5949 "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>."
5950 msgstr ""
5951
5952 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5953 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:566
5954 msgid ""
5955 "Accept in the <literal>packages</literal> and <literal>contents</literal> "
5956 "commands only package files matching <literal>*_arch.deb</literal> or "
5957 "<literal>*_all.deb</literal> instead of all package files in the given "
5958 "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>."
5959 msgstr ""
5960
5961 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5962 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:574
5963 msgid ""
5964 "&apt-ftparchive; caches as much as possible of metadata in a cachedb. If "
5965 "packages are recompiled and/or republished with the same version again, this "
5966 "will lead to problems as the now outdated cached metadata like size and "
5967 "checksums will be used. With this option enabled this will no longer happen "
5968 "as it will be checked if the file was changed. Note that this option is set "
5969 "to \"<literal>false</literal>\" by default as it is not recommend to upload "
5970 "multiply versions/builds of a package with the same versionnumber, so in "
5971 "theory nobody will have these problems and therefore all these extra checks "
5972 "are useless."
5973 msgstr ""
5974
5975 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
5976 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:586
5977 msgid ""
5978 "This configuration option defaults to \"<literal>true</literal>\" and should "
5979 "only be set to <literal>\"false\"</literal> if the Archive generated with "
5980 "&apt-ftparchive; also provides <filename>Translation</filename> files. Note "
5981 "that the <filename>Translation-en</filename> master file can only be created "
5982 "in the generate command."
5983 msgstr ""
5984
5985 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><programlisting>
5986 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:604
5987 #, no-wrap
5988 msgid ""
5989 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> packages "
5990 "<replaceable>directory</replaceable> | <command>gzip</command> > "
5991 "<filename>Packages.gz</filename>\n"
5992 msgstr ""
5993
5994 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
5995 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:600
5996 msgid ""
5997 "To create a compressed Packages file for a directory containing binary "
5998 "packages (.deb): <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>"
5999 msgstr ""
6000
6001 #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para>
6002 #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml:614
6003 msgid ""
6004 "<command>apt-ftparchive</command> returns zero on normal operation, decimal "
6005 "100 on error."
6006 msgstr ""
6007
6008 #. type: <title></title>
6009 #: guide.sgml:4
6010 msgid "APT User's Guide"
6011 msgstr ""
6012
6013 #. type: <author></author>
6014 #: guide.sgml:6 offline.sgml:6
6015 msgid "<name>Jason Gunthorpe </name><email>jgg@debian.org</email>"
6016 msgstr ""
6017
6018 #. type: <version></version>
6019 #: guide.sgml:7
6020 msgid "$Id: guide.sgml,v 1.7 2003/04/26 23:26:13 doogie Exp $"
6021 msgstr ""
6022
6023 #. type: <abstract></abstract>
6024 #: guide.sgml:11
6025 msgid ""
6026 "This document provides an overview of how to use the the APT package "
6027 "manager."
6028 msgstr ""
6029
6030 #. type: <copyrightsummary></copyrightsummary>
6031 #: guide.sgml:15
6032 msgid "Copyright &copy; Jason Gunthorpe, 1998."
6033 msgstr ""
6034
6035 #. type: <p></p>
6036 #: guide.sgml:21 offline.sgml:22
6037 msgid ""
6038 "\"APT\" and this document are free software; you can redistribute them "
6039 "and/or modify them under the terms of the GNU General Public License as "
6040 "published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, "
6041 "or (at your option) any later version."
6042 msgstr ""
6043
6044 #. type: <p></p>
6045 #: guide.sgml:24 offline.sgml:25
6046 msgid ""
6047 "For more details, on Debian systems, see the file "
6048 "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL for the full license."
6049 msgstr ""
6050
6051 #. type: <heading></heading>
6052 #: guide.sgml:32
6053 msgid "General"
6054 msgstr ""
6055
6056 #. type: <p></p>
6057 #: guide.sgml:38
6058 msgid ""
6059 "The APT package currently contains two sections, the APT "
6060 "<prgn>dselect</prgn> method and the <prgn>apt-get</prgn> command line user "
6061 "interface. Both provide a way to install and remove packages as well as "
6062 "download new packages from the Internet."
6063 msgstr ""
6064
6065 #. type: <heading></heading>
6066 #: guide.sgml:39
6067 msgid "Anatomy of the Package System"
6068 msgstr ""
6069
6070 #. type: <p></p>
6071 #: guide.sgml:44
6072 msgid ""
6073 "The Debian packaging system has a large amount of information associated "
6074 "with each package to help assure that it integrates cleanly and easily into "
6075 "the system. The most prominent of its features is the dependency system."
6076 msgstr ""
6077
6078 #. type: <p></p>
6079 #: guide.sgml:52
6080 msgid ""
6081 "The dependency system allows individual programs to make use of shared "
6082 "elements in the system such as libraries. It simplifies placing infrequently "
6083 "used portions of a program in separate packages to reduce the number of "
6084 "things the average user is required to install. Also, it allows for choices "
6085 "in mail transport agents, X servers and so on."
6086 msgstr ""
6087
6088 #. type: <p></p>
6089 #: guide.sgml:57
6090 msgid ""
6091 "The first step to understanding the dependency system is to grasp the "
6092 "concept of a simple dependency. The meaning of a simple dependency is that a "
6093 "package requires another package to be installed at the same time to work "
6094 "properly."
6095 msgstr ""
6096
6097 #. type: <p></p>
6098 #: guide.sgml:63
6099 msgid ""
6100 "For instance, mailcrypt is an emacs extension that aids in encrypting email "
6101 "with GPG. Without GPGP installed mailcrypt is useless, so mailcrypt has a "
6102 "simple dependency on GPG. Also, because it is an emacs extension it has a "
6103 "simple dependency on emacs, without emacs it is completely useless."
6104 msgstr ""
6105
6106 #. type: <p></p>
6107 #: guide.sgml:73
6108 msgid ""
6109 "The other important dependency to understand is a conflicting dependency. It "
6110 "means that a package, when installed with another package, will not work and "
6111 "may possibly be extremely harmful to the system. As an example consider a "
6112 "mail transport agent such as sendmail, exim or qmail. It is not possible to "
6113 "have two mail transport agents installed because both need to listen to the "
6114 "network to receive mail. Attempting to install two will seriously damage the "
6115 "system so all mail transport agents have a conflicting dependency with all "
6116 "other mail transport agents."
6117 msgstr ""
6118
6119 #. type: <p></p>
6120 #: guide.sgml:83
6121 msgid ""
6122 "As an added complication there is the possibility for a package to pretend "
6123 "to be another package. Consider that exim and sendmail for many intents are "
6124 "identical, they both deliver mail and understand a common interface. Hence, "
6125 "the package system has a way for them to declare that they are both "
6126 "mail-transport-agents. So, exim and sendmail both declare that they provide "
6127 "a mail-transport-agent and other packages that need a mail transport agent "
6128 "depend on mail-transport-agent. This can add a great deal of confusion when "
6129 "trying to manually fix packages."
6130 msgstr ""
6131
6132 #. type: <p></p>
6133 #: guide.sgml:88
6134 msgid ""
6135 "At any given time a single dependency may be met by packages that are "
6136 "already installed or it may not be. APT attempts to help resolve dependency "
6137 "issues by providing a number of automatic algorithms that help in selecting "
6138 "packages for installation."
6139 msgstr ""
6140
6141 #. type: <heading></heading>
6142 #: guide.sgml:96
6143 msgid "apt-get"
6144 msgstr ""
6145
6146 #. type: <p></p>
6147 #: guide.sgml:102
6148 msgid ""
6149 "<prgn>apt-get</prgn> provides a simple way to install packages from the "
6150 "command line. Unlike <prgn>dpkg</prgn>, <prgn>apt-get</prgn> does not "
6151 "understand .deb files, it works with the package's proper name and can only "
6152 "install .deb archives from a <em>Source</em>."
6153 msgstr ""
6154
6155 #. type: <p></p>
6156 #: guide.sgml:109
6157 msgid ""
6158 "The first <footnote><p>If you are using an http proxy server you must set "
6159 "the http_proxy environment variable first, see "
6160 "sources.list(5)</p></footnote> thing that should be done before using "
6161 "<prgn>apt-get</prgn> is to fetch the package lists from the <em>Sources</em> "
6162 "so that it knows what packages are available. This is done with <tt>apt-get "
6163 "update</tt>. For instance,"
6164 msgstr ""
6165
6166 #. type: <example></example>
6167 #: guide.sgml:116
6168 #, no-wrap
6169 msgid ""
6170 "# apt-get update\n"
6171 "Get http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/binary-i386/ Packages\n"
6172 "Get http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6173 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6174 "Building Dependency Tree... Done"
6175 msgstr ""
6176
6177 #. type: <p><taglist>
6178 #: guide.sgml:120
6179 msgid "Once updated there are several commands that can be used:"
6180 msgstr ""
6181
6182 #. type: <tag></tag>
6183 #: guide.sgml:121
6184 msgid "upgrade"
6185 msgstr ""
6186
6187 #. type: <p></p>
6188 #: guide.sgml:131
6189 msgid ""
6190 "Upgrade will attempt to gently upgrade the whole system. Upgrade will never "
6191 "install a new package or remove an existing package, nor will it ever "
6192 "upgrade a package that might cause some other package to break. This can be "
6193 "used daily to relatively safely upgrade the system. Upgrade will list all of "
6194 "the packages that it could not upgrade, this usually means that they depend "
6195 "on new packages or conflict with some other package. <prgn>dselect</prgn> or "
6196 "<tt>apt-get install</tt> can be used to force these packages to install."
6197 msgstr ""
6198
6199 #. type: <tag></tag>
6200 #: guide.sgml:131
6201 msgid "install"
6202 msgstr ""
6203
6204 #. type: <p></p>
6205 #: guide.sgml:140
6206 msgid ""
6207 "Install is used to install packages by name. The package is automatically "
6208 "fetched and installed. This can be useful if you already know the name of "
6209 "the package to install and do not want to go into a GUI to select it. Any "
6210 "number of packages may be passed to install, they will all be "
6211 "fetched. Install automatically attempts to resolve dependency problems with "
6212 "the listed packages and will print a summary and ask for confirmation if "
6213 "anything other than its arguments are changed."
6214 msgstr ""
6215
6216 #. type: <tag></tag>
6217 #: guide.sgml:140
6218 msgid "dist-upgrade"
6219 msgstr ""
6220
6221 #. type: <p></p>
6222 #: guide.sgml:149
6223 msgid ""
6224 "Dist-upgrade is a complete upgrader designed to simplify upgrading between "
6225 "releases of Debian. It uses a sophisticated algorithm to determine the best "
6226 "set of packages to install, upgrade and remove to get as much of the system "
6227 "to the newest release. In some situations it may be desired to use "
6228 "dist-upgrade rather than spend the time manually resolving dependencies in "
6229 "<prgn>dselect</prgn>. Once dist-upgrade has completed then "
6230 "<prgn>dselect</prgn> can be used to install any packages that may have been "
6231 "left out."
6232 msgstr ""
6233
6234 #. type: <p></p>
6235 #: guide.sgml:152
6236 msgid ""
6237 "It is important to closely look at what dist-upgrade is going to do, its "
6238 "decisions may sometimes be quite surprising."
6239 msgstr ""
6240
6241 #. type: <p></p>
6242 #: guide.sgml:163
6243 msgid ""
6244 "<prgn>apt-get</prgn> has several command line options that are detailed in "
6245 "its man page, <manref section=\"8\" name=\"apt-get\">. The most useful "
6246 "option is <tt>-d</tt> which does not install the fetched files. If the "
6247 "system has to download a large number of package it would be undesired to "
6248 "start installing them in case something goes wrong. When <tt>-d</tt> is used "
6249 "the downloaded archives can be installed by simply running the command that "
6250 "caused them to be downloaded again without <tt>-d</tt>."
6251 msgstr ""
6252
6253 #. type: <heading></heading>
6254 #: guide.sgml:168
6255 msgid "DSelect"
6256 msgstr ""
6257
6258 #. type: <p></p>
6259 #: guide.sgml:173
6260 msgid ""
6261 "The APT <prgn>dselect</prgn> method provides the complete APT system with "
6262 "the <prgn>dselect</prgn> package selection GUI. <prgn>dselect</prgn> is used "
6263 "to select the packages to be installed or removed and APT actually installs "
6264 "them."
6265 msgstr ""
6266
6267 #. type: <p></p>
6268 #: guide.sgml:184
6269 msgid ""
6270 "To enable the APT method you need to select [A]ccess in <prgn>dselect</prgn> "
6271 "and then choose the APT method. You will be prompted for a set of "
6272 "<em>Sources</em> which are places to fetch archives from. These can be "
6273 "remote Internet sites, local Debian mirrors or CD-ROMs. Each source can "
6274 "provide a fragment of the total Debian archive, APT will automatically "
6275 "combine them to form a complete set of packages. If you have a CD-ROM then "
6276 "it is a good idea to specify it first and then specify a mirror so that you "
6277 "have access to the latest bug fixes. APT will automatically use packages on "
6278 "your CD-ROM before downloading from the Internet."
6279 msgstr ""
6280
6281 #. type: <example></example>
6282 #: guide.sgml:198
6283 #, no-wrap
6284 msgid ""
6285 " Set up a list of distribution source locations\n"
6286 "\t \n"
6287 " Please give the base URL of the debian distribution.\n"
6288 " The access schemes I know about are: http file\n"
6289 "\t \n"
6290 " For example:\n"
6291 " file:/mnt/debian,\n"
6292 " ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian,\n"
6293 " http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian,\n"
6294 " \n"
6295 " \n"
6296 " URL [http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian]:"
6297 msgstr ""
6298
6299 #. type: <p></p>
6300 #: guide.sgml:205
6301 msgid ""
6302 "The <em>Sources</em> setup starts by asking for the base of the Debian "
6303 "archive, defaulting to a HTTP mirror. Next it asks for the distribution to "
6304 "get."
6305 msgstr ""
6306
6307 #. type: <example></example>
6308 #: guide.sgml:212
6309 #, no-wrap
6310 msgid ""
6311 " Please give the distribution tag to get or a path to the\n"
6312 " package file ending in a /. The distribution\n"
6313 " tags are typically something like: stable unstable testing non-US\n"
6314 " \n"
6315 " Distribution [stable]:"
6316 msgstr ""
6317
6318 #. type: <p></p>
6319 #: guide.sgml:222
6320 msgid ""
6321 "The distribution refers to the Debian version in the archive, "
6322 "<em>stable</em> refers to the latest released version and <em>unstable</em> "
6323 "refers to the developmental version. <em>non-US</em> is only available on "
6324 "some mirrors and refers to packages that contain encryption technology or "
6325 "other things that cannot be exported from the United States. Importing these "
6326 "packages into the US is legal however."
6327 msgstr ""
6328
6329 #. type: <example></example>
6330 #: guide.sgml:228
6331 #, no-wrap
6332 msgid ""
6333 " Please give the components to get\n"
6334 " The components are typically something like: main contrib non-free\n"
6335 " \n"
6336 " Components [main contrib non-free]:"
6337 msgstr ""
6338
6339 #. type: <p></p>
6340 #: guide.sgml:236
6341 msgid ""
6342 "The components list refers to the list of sub distributions to fetch. The "
6343 "distribution is split up based on software licenses, main being DFSG free "
6344 "packages while contrib and non-free contain things that have various "
6345 "restrictions placed on their use and distribution."
6346 msgstr ""
6347
6348 #. type: <p></p>
6349 #: guide.sgml:240
6350 msgid ""
6351 "Any number of sources can be added, the setup script will continue to prompt "
6352 "until you have specified all that you want."
6353 msgstr ""
6354
6355 #. type: <p></p>
6356 #: guide.sgml:247
6357 msgid ""
6358 "Before starting to use <prgn>dselect</prgn> it is necessary to update the "
6359 "available list by selecting [U]pdate from the menu. This is a superset of "
6360 "<tt>apt-get update</tt> that makes the fetched information available to "
6361 "<prgn>dselect</prgn>. [U]pdate must be performed even if <tt>apt-get "
6362 "update</tt> has been run before."
6363 msgstr ""
6364
6365 #. type: <p></p>
6366 #: guide.sgml:253
6367 msgid ""
6368 "You can then go on and make your selections using [S]elect and then perform "
6369 "the installation using [I]nstall. When using the APT method the [C]onfig and "
6370 "[R]emove commands have no meaning, the [I]nstall command performs both of "
6371 "them together."
6372 msgstr ""
6373
6374 #. type: <p></p>
6375 #: guide.sgml:258
6376 msgid ""
6377 "By default APT will automatically remove the package (.deb) files once they "
6378 "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place "
6379 "<tt>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</tt> in /etc/apt/apt.conf."
6380 msgstr ""
6381
6382 #. type: <heading></heading>
6383 #: guide.sgml:264
6384 msgid "The Interface"
6385 msgstr ""
6386
6387 #. type: <p></p>
6388 #: guide.sgml:278
6389 msgid ""
6390 "Both that APT <prgn>dselect</prgn> method and <prgn>apt-get</prgn> share the "
6391 "same interface. It is a simple system that generally tells you what it will "
6392 "do and then goes and does it. <footnote><p>The <prgn>dselect</prgn> method "
6393 "actually is a set of wrapper scripts to <prgn>apt-get</prgn>. The method "
6394 "actually provides more functionality than is present in <prgn>apt-get</prgn> "
6395 "alone.</p></footnote> After printing out a summary of what will happen APT "
6396 "then will print out some informative status messages so that you can "
6397 "estimate how far along it is and how much is left to do."
6398 msgstr ""
6399
6400 #. type: <heading></heading>
6401 #: guide.sgml:280
6402 msgid "Startup"
6403 msgstr ""
6404
6405 #. type: <p></p>
6406 #: guide.sgml:284
6407 msgid ""
6408 "Before all operations except update, APT performs a number of actions to "
6409 "prepare its internal state. It also does some checks of the system's "
6410 "state. At any time these operations can be performed by running <tt>apt-get "
6411 "check</tt>."
6412 msgstr ""
6413
6414 #. type: <example></example>
6415 #: guide.sgml:289
6416 #, no-wrap
6417 msgid ""
6418 "# apt-get check\n"
6419 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6420 "Building Dependency Tree... Done"
6421 msgstr ""
6422
6423 #. type: <p></p>
6424 #: guide.sgml:297
6425 msgid ""
6426 "The first thing it does is read all the package files into memory. APT uses "
6427 "a caching scheme so this operation will be faster the second time it is "
6428 "run. If some of the package files are not found then they will be ignored "
6429 "and a warning will be printed when apt-get exits."
6430 msgstr ""
6431
6432 #. type: <p></p>
6433 #: guide.sgml:303
6434 msgid ""
6435 "The final operation performs a detailed analysis of the system's "
6436 "dependencies. It checks every dependency of every installed or unpacked "
6437 "package and considers if it is OK. Should this find a problem then a report "
6438 "will be printed out and <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will refuse to run."
6439 msgstr ""
6440
6441 #. type: <example></example>
6442 #: guide.sgml:320
6443 #, no-wrap
6444 msgid ""
6445 "# apt-get check\n"
6446 "Reading Package Lists... Done\n"
6447 "Building Dependency Tree... Done\n"
6448 "You might want to run apt-get -f install' to correct these.\n"
6449 "Sorry, but the following packages have unmet dependencies:\n"
6450 " 9fonts: Depends: xlib6g but it is not installed\n"
6451 " uucp: Depends: mailx but it is not installed\n"
6452 " blast: Depends: xlib6g (>= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6453 " adduser: Depends: perl-base but it is not installed\n"
6454 " aumix: Depends: libgpmg1 but it is not installed\n"
6455 " debiandoc-sgml: Depends: sgml-base but it is not installed\n"
6456 " bash-builtins: Depends: bash (>= 2.01) but 2.0-3 is installed\n"
6457 " cthugha: Depends: svgalibg1 but it is not installed\n"
6458 " Depends: xlib6g (>= 3.3-5) but it is not installed\n"
6459 " libreadlineg2: Conflicts:libreadline2 (<< 2.1-2.1)"
6460 msgstr ""
6461
6462 #. type: <p></p>
6463 #: guide.sgml:329
6464 msgid ""
6465 "In this example the system has many problems, including a serious problem "
6466 "with libreadlineg2. For each package that has unmet dependencies a line is "
6467 "printed out indicating the package with the problem and the dependencies "
6468 "that are unmet. A short explanation of why the package has a dependency "
6469 "problem is also included."
6470 msgstr ""
6471
6472 #. type: <p></p>
6473 #: guide.sgml:337
6474 msgid ""
6475 "There are two ways a system can get into a broken state like this. The first "
6476 "is caused by <prgn>dpkg</prgn> missing some subtle relationships between "
6477 "packages when performing upgrades. <footnote><p>APT however considers all "
6478 "known dependencies and attempts to prevent broken "
6479 "packages</p></footnote>. The second is if a package installation fails "
6480 "during an operation. In this situation a package may have been unpacked "
6481 "without its dependents being installed."
6482 msgstr ""
6483
6484 #. type: <p></p>
6485 #: guide.sgml:345
6486 msgid ""
6487 "The second situation is much less serious than the first because APT places "
6488 "certain constraints on the order that packages are installed. In both cases "
6489 "supplying the <tt>-f</tt> option to <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will cause APT to "
6490 "deduce a possible solution to the problem and then continue on. The APT "
6491 "<prgn>dselect</prgn> method always supplies the <tt>-f</tt> option to allow "
6492 "for easy continuation of failed maintainer scripts."
6493 msgstr ""
6494
6495 #. type: <p></p>
6496 #: guide.sgml:351
6497 msgid ""
6498 "However, if the <tt>-f</tt> option is used to correct a seriously broken "
6499 "system caused by the first case then it is possible that it will either fail "
6500 "immediately or the installation sequence will fail. In either case it is "
6501 "necessary to manually use dpkg (possibly with forcing options) to correct "
6502 "the situation enough to allow APT to proceed."
6503 msgstr ""
6504
6505 #. type: <heading></heading>
6506 #: guide.sgml:356
6507 msgid "The Status Report"
6508 msgstr ""
6509
6510 #. type: <p></p>
6511 #: guide.sgml:363
6512 msgid ""
6513 "Before proceeding <prgn>apt-get</prgn> will present a report on what will "
6514 "happen. Generally the report reflects the type of operation being performed "
6515 "but there are several common elements. In all cases the lists reflect the "
6516 "final state of things, taking into account the <tt>-f</tt> option and any "
6517 "other relevant activities to the command being executed."
6518 msgstr ""
6519
6520 #. type: <heading></heading>
6521 #: guide.sgml:364
6522 msgid "The Extra Package list"
6523 msgstr ""
6524
6525 #. type: <example></example>
6526 #: guide.sgml:372
6527 #, no-wrap
6528 msgid ""
6529 "The following extra packages will be installed:\n"
6530 " libdbd-mysql-perl xlib6 zlib1 xzx libreadline2 libdbd-msql-perl\n"
6531 " mailpgp xdpkg fileutils pinepgp zlib1g xlib6g perl-base\n"
6532 " bin86 libgdbm1 libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 bcc xbuffy\n"
6533 " squake pgp-i python-base debmake ldso perl libreadlineg2\n"
6534 " ssh"
6535 msgstr ""
6536
6537 #. type: <p></p>
6538 #: guide.sgml:379
6539 msgid ""
6540 "The Extra Package list shows all of the packages that will be installed or "
6541 "upgraded in excess of the ones mentioned on the command line. It is only "
6542 "generated for an <tt>install</tt> command. The listed packages are often the "
6543 "result of an Auto Install."
6544 msgstr ""
6545
6546 #. type: <heading></heading>
6547 #: guide.sgml:382
6548 msgid "The Packages to Remove"
6549 msgstr ""
6550
6551 #. type: <example></example>
6552 #: guide.sgml:389
6553 #, no-wrap
6554 msgid ""
6555 "The following packages will be REMOVED:\n"
6556 " xlib6-dev xpat2 tk40-dev xkeycaps xbattle xonix\n"
6557 " xdaliclock tk40 tk41 xforms0.86 ghostview xloadimage xcolorsel\n"
6558 " xadmin xboard perl-debug tkined xtetris libreadline2-dev perl-suid\n"
6559 " nas xpilot xfig"
6560 msgstr ""
6561
6562 #. type: <p></p>
6563 #: guide.sgml:399
6564 msgid ""
6565 "The Packages to Remove list shows all of the packages that will be removed "
6566 "from the system. It can be shown for any of the operations and should be "
6567 "given a careful inspection to ensure nothing important is to be taken "
6568 "off. The <tt>-f</tt> option is especially good at generating packages to "
6569 "remove so extreme care should be used in that case. The list may contain "
6570 "packages that are going to be removed because they are only partially "
6571 "installed, possibly due to an aborted installation."
6572 msgstr ""
6573
6574 #. type: <heading></heading>
6575 #: guide.sgml:402
6576 msgid "The New Packages list"
6577 msgstr ""
6578
6579 #. type: <example></example>
6580 #: guide.sgml:406
6581 #, no-wrap
6582 msgid ""
6583 "The following NEW packages will installed:\n"
6584 " zlib1g xlib6g perl-base libgdbmg1 quake-lib gmp2 pgp-i python-base"
6585 msgstr ""
6586
6587 #. type: <p></p>
6588 #: guide.sgml:411
6589 msgid ""
6590 "The New Packages list is simply a reminder of what will happen. The packages "
6591 "listed are not presently installed in the system but will be when APT is "
6592 "done."
6593 msgstr ""
6594
6595 #. type: <heading></heading>
6596 #: guide.sgml:414
6597 msgid "The Kept Back list"
6598 msgstr ""
6599
6600 #. type: <example></example>
6601 #: guide.sgml:419
6602 #, no-wrap
6603 msgid ""
6604 "The following packages have been kept back\n"
6605 " compface man-db tetex-base msql libpaper svgalib1\n"
6606 " gs snmp arena lynx xpat2 groff xscreensaver"
6607 msgstr ""
6608
6609 #. type: <p></p>
6610 #: guide.sgml:428
6611 msgid ""
6612 "Whenever the whole system is being upgraded there is the possibility that "
6613 "new versions of packages cannot be installed because they require new things "
6614 "or conflict with already installed things. In this case the package will "
6615 "appear in the Kept Back list. The best way to convince packages listed there "
6616 "to install is with <tt>apt-get install</tt> or by using <prgn>dselect</prgn> "
6617 "to resolve their problems."
6618 msgstr ""
6619
6620 #. type: <heading></heading>
6621 #: guide.sgml:431
6622 msgid "Held Packages warning"
6623 msgstr ""
6624
6625 #. type: <example></example>
6626 #: guide.sgml:435
6627 #, no-wrap
6628 msgid ""
6629 "The following held packages will be changed:\n"
6630 " cvs"
6631 msgstr ""
6632
6633 #. type: <p></p>
6634 #: guide.sgml:441
6635 msgid ""
6636 "Sometimes you can ask APT to install a package that is on hold, in such a "
6637 "case it prints out a warning that the held package is going to be "
6638 "changed. This should only happen during dist-upgrade or install."
6639 msgstr ""
6640
6641 #. type: <heading></heading>
6642 #: guide.sgml:444
6643 msgid "Final summary"
6644 msgstr ""
6645
6646 #. type: <p></p>
6647 #: guide.sgml:447
6648 msgid "Finally, APT will print out a summary of all the changes that will occur."
6649 msgstr ""
6650
6651 #. type: <example></example>
6652 #: guide.sgml:452
6653 #, no-wrap
6654 msgid ""
6655 "206 packages upgraded, 8 newly installed, 23 to remove and 51 not "
6656 "upgraded.\n"
6657 "12 packages not fully installed or removed.\n"
6658 "Need to get 65.7M/66.7M of archives. After unpacking 26.5M will be used."
6659 msgstr ""
6660
6661 #. type: <p></p>
6662 #: guide.sgml:470
6663 msgid ""
6664 "The first line of the summary simply is a reduced version of all of the "
6665 "lists and includes the number of upgrades - that is packages already "
6666 "installed that have new versions available. The second line indicates the "
6667 "number of poorly configured packages, possibly the result of an aborted "
6668 "installation. The final line shows the space requirements that the "
6669 "installation needs. The first pair of numbers refer to the size of the "
6670 "archive files. The first number indicates the number of bytes that must be "
6671 "fetched from remote locations and the second indicates the total size of all "
6672 "the archives required. The next number indicates the size difference between "
6673 "the presently installed packages and the newly installed packages. It is "
6674 "roughly equivalent to the space required in /usr after everything is "
6675 "done. If a large number of packages are being removed then the value may "
6676 "indicate the amount of space that will be freed."
6677 msgstr ""
6678
6679 #. type: <p></p>
6680 #: guide.sgml:473
6681 msgid ""
6682 "Some other reports can be generated by using the -u option to show packages "
6683 "to upgrade, they are similar to the previous examples."
6684 msgstr ""
6685
6686 #. type: <heading></heading>
6687 #: guide.sgml:477
6688 msgid "The Status Display"
6689 msgstr ""
6690
6691 #. type: <p></p>
6692 #: guide.sgml:481
6693 msgid ""
6694 "During the download of archives and package files APT prints out a series of "
6695 "status messages."
6696 msgstr ""
6697
6698 #. type: <example></example>
6699 #: guide.sgml:490
6700 #, no-wrap
6701 msgid ""
6702 "# apt-get update\n"
6703 "Get:1 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ stable/non-US/ Packages\n"
6704 "Get:2 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/contrib Packages\n"
6705 "Hit http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/main Packages\n"
6706 "Get:4 http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian-non-US/ unstable/binary-i386/ "
6707 "Packages\n"
6708 "Get:5 http://llug.sep.bnl.gov/debian/ testing/non-free Packages\n"
6709 "11% [5 testing/non-free `Waiting for file' 0/32.1k 0%] 2203b/s 1m52s"
6710 msgstr ""
6711
6712 #. type: <p></p>
6713 #: guide.sgml:500
6714 msgid ""
6715 "The lines starting with <em>Get</em> are printed out when APT begins to "
6716 "fetch a file while the last line indicates the progress of the download. The "
6717 "first percent value on the progress line indicates the total percent done of "
6718 "all files. Unfortunately since the size of the Package files is unknown "
6719 "<tt>apt-get update</tt> estimates the percent done which causes some "
6720 "inaccuracies."
6721 msgstr ""
6722
6723 #. type: <p></p>
6724 #: guide.sgml:509
6725 msgid ""
6726 "The next section of the status line is repeated once for each download "
6727 "thread and indicates the operation being performed and some useful "
6728 "information about what is happening. Sometimes this section will simply read "
6729 "<em>Forking</em> which means the OS is loading the download module. The "
6730 "first word after the [ is the fetch number as shown on the history "
6731 "lines. The next word is the short form name of the object being "
6732 "downloaded. For archives it will contain the name of the package that is "
6733 "being fetched."
6734 msgstr ""
6735
6736 #. type: <p></p>
6737 #: guide.sgml:524
6738 msgid ""
6739 "Inside of the single quote is an informative string indicating the progress "
6740 "of the negotiation phase of the download. Typically it progresses from "
6741 "<em>Connecting</em> to <em>Waiting for file</em> to <em>Downloading</em> or "
6742 "<em>Resuming</em>. The final value is the number of bytes downloaded from "
6743 "the remote site. Once the download begins this is represented as "
6744 "<tt>102/10.2k</tt> indicating that 102 bytes have been fetched and 10.2 "
6745 "kilobytes is expected. The total size is always shown in 4 figure notation "
6746 "to preserve space. After the size display is a percent meter for the file "
6747 "itself. The second last element is the instantaneous average speed. This "
6748 "values is updated every 5 seconds and reflects the rate of data transfer for "
6749 "that period. Finally is shown the estimated transfer time. This is updated "
6750 "regularly and reflects the time to complete everything at the shown transfer "
6751 "rate."
6752 msgstr ""
6753
6754 #. type: <p></p>
6755 #: guide.sgml:530
6756 msgid ""
6757 "The status display updates every half second to provide a constant feedback "
6758 "on the download progress while the Get lines scroll back whenever a new file "
6759 "is started. Since the status display is constantly updated it is unsuitable "
6760 "for logging to a file, use the <tt>-q</tt> option to remove the status "
6761 "display."
6762 msgstr ""
6763
6764 #. type: <heading></heading>
6765 #: guide.sgml:535
6766 msgid "Dpkg"
6767 msgstr ""
6768
6769 #. type: <p></p>
6770 #: guide.sgml:542
6771 msgid ""
6772 "APT uses <prgn>dpkg</prgn> for installing the archives and will switch over "
6773 "to the <prgn>dpkg</prgn> interface once downloading is "
6774 "completed. <prgn>dpkg</prgn> will also ask a number of questions as it "
6775 "processes the packages and the packages themselves may also ask several "
6776 "questions. Before each question there is usually a description of what it is "
6777 "asking and the questions are too varied to discuss completely here."
6778 msgstr ""
6779
6780 #. type: <title></title>
6781 #: offline.sgml:4
6782 msgid "Using APT Offline"
6783 msgstr ""
6784
6785 #. type: <version></version>
6786 #: offline.sgml:7
6787 msgid "$Id: offline.sgml,v 1.8 2003/02/12 15:06:41 doogie Exp $"
6788 msgstr ""
6789
6790 #. type: <abstract></abstract>
6791 #: offline.sgml:12
6792 msgid ""
6793 "This document describes how to use APT in a non-networked environment, "
6794 "specifically a 'sneaker-net' approach for performing upgrades."
6795 msgstr ""
6796
6797 #. type: <copyrightsummary></copyrightsummary>
6798 #: offline.sgml:16
6799 msgid "Copyright &copy; Jason Gunthorpe, 1999."
6800 msgstr ""
6801
6802 #. type: <heading></heading>
6803 #: offline.sgml:32
6804 msgid "Introduction"
6805 msgstr ""
6806
6807 #. type: <heading></heading>
6808 #: offline.sgml:34 offline.sgml:65 offline.sgml:180
6809 msgid "Overview"
6810 msgstr ""
6811
6812 #. type: <p></p>
6813 #: offline.sgml:40
6814 msgid ""
6815 "Normally APT requires direct access to a Debian archive, either from a local "
6816 "media or through a network. Another common complaint is that a Debian "
6817 "machine is on a slow link, such as a modem and another machine has a very "
6818 "fast connection but they are physically distant."
6819 msgstr ""
6820
6821 #. type: <p></p>
6822 #: offline.sgml:51
6823 msgid ""
6824 "The solution to this is to use large removable media such as a Zip disc or a "
6825 "SuperDisk disc. These discs are not large enough to store the entire Debian "
6826 "archive but can easily fit a subset large enough for most users. The idea is "
6827 "to use APT to generate a list of packages that are required and then fetch "
6828 "them onto the disc using another machine with good connectivity. It is even "
6829 "possible to use another Debian machine with APT or to use a completely "
6830 "different OS and a download tool like wget. Let <em>remote host</em> mean "
6831 "the machine downloading the packages, and <em>target host</em> the one with "
6832 "bad or no connection."
6833 msgstr ""
6834
6835 #. type: <p></p>
6836 #: offline.sgml:57
6837 msgid ""
6838 "This is achieved by creatively manipulating the APT configuration file. The "
6839 "essential premise to tell APT to look on a disc for it's archive files. Note "
6840 "that the disc should be formated with a filesystem that can handle long file "
6841 "names such as ext2, fat32 or vfat."
6842 msgstr ""
6843
6844 #. type: <heading></heading>
6845 #: offline.sgml:63
6846 msgid "Using APT on both machines"
6847 msgstr ""
6848
6849 #. type: <p><example>
6850 #: offline.sgml:71
6851 msgid ""
6852 "APT being available on both machines gives the simplest configuration. The "
6853 "basic idea is to place a copy of the status file on the disc and use the "
6854 "remote machine to fetch the latest package files and decide which packages "
6855 "to download. The disk directory structure should look like:"
6856 msgstr ""
6857
6858 #. type: <example></example>
6859 #: offline.sgml:80
6860 #, no-wrap
6861 msgid ""
6862 " /disc/\n"
6863 " archives/\n"
6864 " partial/\n"
6865 " lists/\n"
6866 " partial/\n"
6867 " status\n"
6868 " sources.list\n"
6869 " apt.conf"
6870 msgstr ""
6871
6872 #. type: <heading></heading>
6873 #: offline.sgml:88
6874 msgid "The configuration file"
6875 msgstr ""
6876
6877 #. type: <p></p>
6878 #: offline.sgml:96
6879 msgid ""
6880 "The configuration file should tell APT to store its files on the disc and to "
6881 "use the configuration files on the disc as well. The sources.list should "
6882 "contain the proper sites that you wish to use from the remote machine, and "
6883 "the status file should be a copy of <em>/var/lib/dpkg/status</em> from the "
6884 "<em>target host</em>. Please note, if you are using a local archive you must "
6885 "use copy URIs, the syntax is identical to file URIs."
6886 msgstr ""
6887
6888 #. type: <p><example>
6889 #: offline.sgml:100
6890 msgid ""
6891 "<em>apt.conf</em> must contain the necessary information to make APT use the "
6892 "disc:"
6893 msgstr ""
6894
6895 #. type: <example></example>
6896 #: offline.sgml:124
6897 #, no-wrap
6898 msgid ""
6899 " APT\n"
6900 " {\n"
6901 " /* This is not necessary if the two machines are the same arch, it "
6902 "tells\n"
6903 " the remote APT what architecture the target machine is */\n"
6904 " Architecture \"i386\";\n"
6905 " \n"
6906 " Get::Download-Only \"true\";\n"
6907 " };\n"
6908 " \n"
6909 " Dir\n"
6910 " {\n"
6911 " /* Use the disc for state information and redirect the status file from\n"
6912 " the /var/lib/dpkg default */\n"
6913 " State \"/disc/\";\n"
6914 " State::status \"status\";\n"
6915 "\n"
6916 " // Binary caches will be stored locally\n"
6917 " Cache::archives \"/disc/archives/\";\n"
6918 " Cache \"/tmp/\";\n"
6919 " \n"
6920 " // Location of the source list.\n"
6921 " Etc \"/disc/\";\n"
6922 " };"
6923 msgstr ""
6924
6925 #. type: </example></p>
6926 #: offline.sgml:129
6927 msgid ""
6928 "More details can be seen by examining the apt.conf man page and the sample "
6929 "configuration file in <em>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt.conf</em>."
6930 msgstr ""
6931
6932 #. type: <p><example>
6933 #: offline.sgml:136
6934 msgid ""
6935 "On the target machine the first thing to do is mount the disc and copy "
6936 "<em>/var/lib/dpkg/status</em> to it. You will also need to create the "
6937 "directories outlined in the Overview, <em>archives/partial/</em> and "
6938 "<em>lists/partial/</em>. Then take the disc to the remote machine and "
6939 "configure the sources.list. On the remote machine execute the following:"
6940 msgstr ""
6941
6942 #. type: <example></example>
6943 #: offline.sgml:142
6944 #, no-wrap
6945 msgid ""
6946 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
6947 " # apt-get update\n"
6948 " [ APT fetches the package files ]\n"
6949 " # apt-get dist-upgrade\n"
6950 " [ APT fetches all the packages needed to upgrade the target machine ]"
6951 msgstr ""
6952
6953 #. type: </example></p>
6954 #: offline.sgml:149
6955 msgid ""
6956 "The dist-upgrade command can be replaced with any other standard APT "
6957 "commands, particularly dselect-upgrade. You can even use an APT front end "
6958 "such as <em>dselect</em>. However this presents a problem in communicating "
6959 "your selections back to the local computer."
6960 msgstr ""
6961
6962 #. type: <p><example>
6963 #: offline.sgml:153
6964 msgid ""
6965 "Now the disc contains all of the index files and archives needed to upgrade "
6966 "the target machine. Take the disc back and run:"
6967 msgstr ""
6968
6969 #. type: <example></example>
6970 #: offline.sgml:159
6971 #, no-wrap
6972 msgid ""
6973 " # export APT_CONFIG=\"/disc/apt.conf\"\n"
6974 " # apt-get check\n"
6975 " [ APT generates a local copy of the cache files ]\n"
6976 " # apt-get --no-d -o dir::state::status=/var/lib/dpkg/status dist-upgrade\n"
6977 " [ Or any other APT command ]"
6978 msgstr ""
6979
6980 #. type: <p></p>
6981 #: offline.sgml:165
6982 msgid ""
6983 "It is necessary for proper function to re-specify the status file to be the "
6984 "local one. This is very important!"
6985 msgstr ""
6986
6987 #. type: <p></p>
6988 #: offline.sgml:172
6989 msgid ""
6990 "If you are using dselect you can do the very risky operation of copying "
6991 "disc/status to /var/lib/dpkg/status so that any selections you made on the "
6992 "remote machine are updated. I highly recommend that people only make "
6993 "selections on the local machine - but this may not always be possible. DO "
6994 "NOT copy the status file if dpkg or APT have been run in the mean time!!"
6995 msgstr ""
6996
6997 #. type: <heading></heading>
6998 #: offline.sgml:178
6999 msgid "Using APT and wget"
7000 msgstr ""
7001
7002 #. type: <p></p>
7003 #: offline.sgml:185
7004 msgid ""
7005 "<em>wget</em> is a popular and portable download tool that can run on nearly "
7006 "any machine. Unlike the method above this requires that the Debian machine "
7007 "already has a list of available packages."
7008 msgstr ""
7009
7010 #. type: <p></p>
7011 #: offline.sgml:190
7012 msgid ""
7013 "The basic idea is to create a disc that has only the archive files "
7014 "downloaded from the remote site. This is done by using the --print-uris "
7015 "option to apt-get and then preparing a wget script to actually fetch the "
7016 "packages."
7017 msgstr ""
7018
7019 #. type: <heading></heading>
7020 #: offline.sgml:196
7021 msgid "Operation"
7022 msgstr ""
7023
7024 #. type: <p><example>
7025 #: offline.sgml:200
7026 msgid ""
7027 "Unlike the previous technique no special configuration files are "
7028 "required. We merely use the standard APT commands to generate the file list."
7029 msgstr ""
7030
7031 #. type: <example></example>
7032 #: offline.sgml:205
7033 #, no-wrap
7034 msgid ""
7035 " # apt-get dist-upgrade \n"
7036 " [ Press no when prompted, make sure you are happy with the actions ]\n"
7037 " # apt-get -qq --print-uris dist-upgrade > uris\n"
7038 " # awk '{print \"wget -O \" $2 \" \" $1}' < uris > /disc/wget-script"
7039 msgstr ""
7040
7041 #. type: </example></p>
7042 #: offline.sgml:210
7043 msgid ""
7044 "Any command other than dist-upgrade could be used here, including "
7045 "dselect-upgrade."
7046 msgstr ""
7047
7048 #. type: <p></p>
7049 #: offline.sgml:216
7050 msgid ""
7051 "The /disc/wget-script file will now contain a list of wget commands to "
7052 "execute in order to fetch the necessary archives. This script should be run "
7053 "with the current directory as the disc's mount point so as to save the "
7054 "output on the disc."
7055 msgstr ""
7056
7057 #. type: <p><example>
7058 #: offline.sgml:219
7059 msgid "The remote machine would do something like"
7060 msgstr ""
7061
7062 #. type: <example></example>
7063 #: offline.sgml:223
7064 #, no-wrap
7065 msgid ""
7066 " # cd /disc\n"
7067 " # sh -x ./wget-script\n"
7068 " [ wait.. ]"
7069 msgstr ""
7070
7071 #. type: </example><example>
7072 #: offline.sgml:228
7073 msgid ""
7074 "Once the archives are downloaded and the disc returned to the Debian machine "
7075 "installation can proceed using,"
7076 msgstr ""
7077
7078 #. type: <example></example>
7079 #: offline.sgml:230
7080 #, no-wrap
7081 msgid " # apt-get -o dir::cache::archives=\"/disc/\" dist-upgrade"
7082 msgstr ""
7083
7084 #. type: </example></p>
7085 #: offline.sgml:234
7086 msgid "Which will use the already fetched archives on the disc."
7087 msgstr ""